Chapters in this book

166 of 166 chapters

273 hadiths · Full book

Chapter 1

How the Adhan for Salat (prayer) was started

Hadith 603

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

603. Narrated Anas رضى الله عنه: The people mentioned the fire and the bell [they suggested those as signals to indicate the time to offer Salāt (prayers)], and by that they mentioned the Jews and the Christians. Then Bilāl was ordered to pronounce Adhān for the Salāt by saying its wordings twice (in doubles) and for the Iqāma (the call for the actual standing for the Salāt in rows) by saying its wordings once (in singles) (Iqāma is pronounced when the people are ready for the Salāt).

Arabic text

603 - حَدَّثَنَا عِمْرَانُ بْنُ مَيْسَرَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ الحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: ذَكَرُوا النَّارَ وَالنَّاقُوسَ، فَذَكَرُوا اليَهُودَ وَالنَّصَارَى «فَأُمِرَ بِلاَلٌ أَنْ يَشْفَعَ الأَذَانَ، وَأَنْ يُوتِرَ الإِقَامَةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 603

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 603

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 604

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

604. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar رضى الله عنهم: When the Muslims arrived at Al-Madīna, they used to assemble for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer), and used to guess the time for it. During those days, the practice of Adhān for Salāt (prayers) had not been introduced yet. Once they discussed this problem regarding the call for Salāt. Some people suggested the use of a bell like the Christians, others (1) (Book. 10) Adhān: The call to prayer pronounced loudly to indicate that the time of praying is due. And it is as follows: Allāhu Akbar, Allāhu Akbar, Allāhu Akbar, Allāhu Akbar, Aṣh-hadu an lā ilāha illallāh, Aṣh-hadu an lā ilāha illallāh, Aṣh-hadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūl-Ullāh, Aṣh-hadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūl-Ullāh, Haiya ‘alas-Ṣalāh, Haiya ‘alas-Ṣalāh, Haiya ‘alal-Falāh, Haiya ‘alal-Falāh, Allāhu Akbar, Allāhu Akbar, Lā ilāha illallāh. proposed a trumpet like the horn used by the Jews, but 'Umar was the first to suggest that a man should call (the people) for Aṣ-Ṣalāt; so, Allāh's Messenger ﷺ ordered Bilāl to get up and pronounce the Adhān for Aṣ-Ṣalāt.

Arabic text

604 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلاَنَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي نَافِعٌ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، كَانَ يَقُولُ: كَانَ المُسْلِمُونَ حِينَ قَدِمُوا المَدِينَةَ يَجْتَمِعُونَ فَيَتَحَيَّنُونَ الصَّلاَةَ لَيْسَ يُنَادَى لَهَا، فَتَكَلَّمُوا يَوْمًا فِي ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: اتَّخِذُوا نَاقُوسًا مِثْلَ نَاقُوسِ النَّصَارَى ، وَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: بَلْ بُوقًا مِثْلَ قَرْنِ اليَهُودِ، فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: أَوَلاَ تَبْعَثُونَ رَجُلًا يُنَادِي بِالصَّلاَةِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا بِلاَلُ قُمْ فَنَادِ بِالصَّلاَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 604

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 604

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 2

Pronouncing the wording of Adhān for Ṣalāt (prayers) twice (in doubles).

Hadith 605

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

605. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: Bilāl was ordered to repeat the wording of the Adhān for Ṣalāt (prayers) twice (in doubles) and to pronounce the wording of the Iqāma once (in singles) except Qad-qāmat-iṣ-Ṣalāt.

Arabic text

605 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ عَطِيَّةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: «أُمِرَ بِلاَلٌ أَنْ يَشْفَعَ الأَذَانَ، وَأَنْ يُوتِرَ الإِقَامَةَ، إِلَّا الإِقَامَةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 605

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 605

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 606

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

606. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: When the number of Muslims increased they discussed the question as to how to know the time for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayers) by some familiar means. Some suggested that a fire be lit [at the time of Ṣalāt (prayer)] and others put forward the proposal to ring the bell. Bilāl was ordered to pronounce the wording of Adhān twice (in doubles) and of the Iqāma once (in singles) only.

Arabic text

606 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدٌ هُوَ ابْنُ سَلاَمٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الوَهَّابِ الثَّقَفِيُّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا خَالِدٌ الحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «لَمَّا كَثُرَ النَّاسُ» قَالَ: «ذَكَرُوا أَنْ يَعْلَمُوا وَقْتَ الصَّلاَةِ بِشَيْءٍ يَعْرِفُونَهُ، فَذَكَرُوا أَنْ يُورُوا نَارًا، أَوْ يَضْرِبُوا نَاقُوسًا فَأُمِرَ بِلاَلٌ أَنْ يَشْفَعَ الأَذَانَ، وَأَنْ يُوتِرَ الإِقَامَةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 606

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 606

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 3

To pronounce the wording of Iqāma once (in singles) except Qad-qāmat-iṣ-Ṣalāt.

Hadith 607

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

607. Narrated Abū Qilāba: Anas رضي الله عنه said, "Bilāl was ordered to pronounce the wording of Adhān twice (in doubles) and of Iqāma once (in singles) only." The subnarrator Ismā'īl said, "I mentioned that to Ayyūb and he added (to that), "Except Iqāma (i.e., Qad-qāmat-iṣ-Ṣalāt which should be said twice)."

Arabic text

607 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «أُمِرَ بِلاَلٌ أَنْ يَشْفَعَ الأَذَانَ، وَأَنْ يُوتِرَ الإِقَامَةَ» قَالَ إِسْمَاعِيلُ: فَذَكَرْتُ لِأَيُّوبَ، فَقَالَ: «إِلَّا الإِقَامَةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 607

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 607

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 4

Superiority of the Adhān.

Hadith 608

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

608. Narrated Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: Allah's Messenger ﷺ said, "When the Adhān is pronounced Satan takes to his heels and passes wind with noise during his flight in order not to hear the Adhān. When the Adhān is completed he comes back, and again takes to his heels when the Iqāma is pronounced; and after its completion he returns again till he whispers into the heart of the person [to divert his attention from his Ṣalāt (prayer)] and makes him remember things which he does not recall to his mind before the Ṣalāt and that causes him to forget how much he has prayed."

Arabic text

608 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا نُودِيَ لِلصَّلاَةِ أَدْبَرَ الشَّيْطَانُ، وَلَهُ ضُرَاطٌ، حَتَّى لاَ يَسْمَعَ التَّأْذِينَ، فَإِذَا قَضَى النِّدَاءَ أَقْبَلَ، حَتَّى إِذَا ثُوِّبَ بِالصَّلاَةِ أَدْبَرَ، حَتَّى إِذَا قَضَى التَّثْوِيبَ أَقْبَلَ، حَتَّى يَخْطِرَ بَيْنَ المَرْءِ وَنَفْسِهِ، يَقُولُ: اذْكُرْ كَذَا، اذْكُرْ كَذَا، لِمَا لَمْ يَكُنْ يَذْكُرُ حَتَّى يَظَلَّ الرَّجُلُ لاَ يَدْرِي كَمْ صَلَّى "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 608

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 608

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 5

Raising the voice in pronouncing the Adhān.

Hadith 609

DarussalamSee Hadīth No.3296, Vol.4 and Hadīth No.373, Summarized Sahīh Al-BukhārīAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

609. Narrated 'Abdur Raḥmān: Abū Sa'īd Al-Khudrī رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ told my father, "I see you liking sheep and the wilderness. So whenever you are with your sheep or in the wilderness and you want to pronounce Adhān for the Ṣalāt (prayer) raise your voice in doing so, for whoever hears the Adhān, whether a human being, a jinn or any other creature, will be a witness for you on the Day of Resurrection.” Abū Saʿīd added, “I heard it (this narration) from Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ.” (See Hadīth No.3296, Vol.4 and Hadīth No.373, Summarized Sahīh Al-Bukhārī)

Arabic text

609 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي صَعْصَعَةَ الأَنْصَارِيِّ ثُمَّ المَازِنِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّ أَبَا سَعِيدٍ الخُدْرِيَّ، قَالَ لَهُ: إِنِّي أَرَاكَ تُحِبُّ الغَنَمَ وَالبَادِيَةَ، فَإِذَا كُنْتَ فِي غَنَمِكَ، أَوْ بَادِيَتِكَ، فَأَذَّنْتَ بِالصَّلاَةِ فَارْفَعْ صَوْتَكَ بِالنِّدَاءِ، فَإِنَّهُ: «لاَ يَسْمَعُ مَدَى صَوْتِ المُؤَذِّنِ، جِنٌّ وَلاَ إِنْسٌ وَلاَ شَيْءٌ، إِلَّا شَهِدَ لَهُ يَوْمَ القِيَامَةِ»، قَالَ أَبُو سَعِيدٍ: سَمِعْتُهُ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 609

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 609

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 6

To suspend fighting on hearing the Adhān.

Hadith 610

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ ٦١٠. Narrated Anas bin Mālik : “Whenever the Prophet ﷺ went out with us to fight (in Allāh’s Cause) against any nation, he never allowed us to attack till morning and he would wait and see. If he heard Adhān he would postpone the attack, and if he did not hear Adhān he would attack them.” Anas added, “We reached Khaibar at night and in the morning when he did not hear the Adhān for the prayer, he (the Prophet ﷺ) rode and I rode behind Abī Ṭalḥa and my foot was touching that of the Prophet ﷺ. “The inhabitants of Khaibar came out with their baskets and spades and when they saw the Prophet ﷺ they shouted ‘Muḥammad! By Allāh, Muḥammad and his army.’ When Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ saw them, he said, ‘Allāhu Akbar! Allāhu Akbar! Khaibar is ruined. Whenever we approach a (hostile) nation (to fight), then evil will be the morning of those who have been warned.’”

Arabic text

610 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا غَزَا بِنَا قَوْمًا، لَمْ يَكُنْ يَغْزُو بِنَا حَتَّى يُصْبِحَ وَيَنْظُرَ، فَإِنْ سَمِعَ أَذَانًا كَفَّ عَنْهُمْ، وَإِنْ لَمْ يَسْمَعْ أَذَانًا أَغَارَ عَلَيْهِمْ، قَالَ: فَخَرَجْنَا إِلَى خَيْبَرَ، فَانْتَهَيْنَا إِلَيْهِمْ لَيْلًا، فَلَمَّا أَصْبَحَ وَلَمْ يَسْمَعْ أَذَانًا رَكِبَ، وَرَكِبْتُ خَلْفَ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، وَإِنَّ قَدَمِي لَتَمَسُّ قَدَمَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: فَخَرَجُوا إِلَيْنَا بِمَكَاتِلِهِمْ وَمَسَاحِيهِمْ، فَلَمَّا رَأَوُا النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالُوا: مُحَمَّدٌ وَاللَّهِ، مُحَمَّدٌ وَالخَمِيسُ، قَالَ: فَلَمَّا رَآهُمْ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، خَرِبَتْ خَيْبَرُ، إِنَّا إِذَا نَزَلْنَا بِسَاحَةِ قَوْمٍ {فَسَاءَ صَبَاحُ المُنْذَرِينَ} [الصافات: 177] "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 610

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 610

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 7

What to say on hearing the Adhān.

Hadith 611

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

٦١١. Narrated Abū Saʿīd Al-Khudrī رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ الله عتَّ: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Whenever you hear the Adhān, say just as the Mu'adh-dhīn is saying.

Arabic text

611 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ اللَّيْثِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الخُدْرِيِّ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا سَمِعْتُمُ النِّدَاءَ، فَقُولُوا مِثْلَ مَا يَقُولُ المُؤَذِّنُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 611

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 611

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 612

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

612. Narrated 'Īsā bin Ṭalḥa that he had heard Mu'āwiyya repeating the words of Adhān up to "Wa aṣḥ-hadu anna Muḥammadan Rasūl-Ullāh (and I testify that Muḥammad is Allāh's Messenger.)"

Arabic text

612 - حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ فَضَالَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ الحَارِثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عِيسَى بْنُ طَلْحَةَ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ مُعَاوِيَةَ يَوْمًا، فَقَالَ مِثْلَهُ، إِلَى قَوْلِهِ: وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 612

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 612

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 613

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

613. Narrated Yahyā as above (586) and added: "Some of my companions told me that Hishām had said, "When the Mu'adh-dhīn said, 'Hayya 'alaṣ-Ṣalāh (come for the prayer)." Mu'āwiyya said, "Lū hawla walā quw-wata illā billāh (there is neither might nor any power except with Allāh)" and added, "We heard your Prophet ﷺ saying the same."

Arabic text

613 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ رَاهَوَيْهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى - نَحْوَهُ - قَالَ يَحْيَى: وَحَدَّثَنِي بَعْضُ إِخْوَانِنَا، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: لَمَّا قَالَ: حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلاَةِ، قَالَ: «لاَ حَوْلَ وَلاَ قُوَّةَ إِلَّا بِاللَّهِ»، وَقَالَ: هَكَذَا سَمِعْنَا نَبِيَّكُمْ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 613

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 613

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 8

Invocation at the time of Adhān.

Hadith 614

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

614. Narrated Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Whoever after listening to the Adhān says, 'Allāhumma Rabba hādhīhid-da' watī-tāmmati waṣ-ṣalātīl qā'imati, āti Muḥammadanīl-wasīlata wal-faḍilata, wab'-athḥu maqāman maḥmūdanīl-ladḥī wa-'adtahū [O Allāh! Lord of this perfect call (of not ascribing partners to You) and of the regular Ṣalāt (prayer) which is going to be established! Kindly give Muḥammad (ﷺ) Al-Wasilah (highest position in Paradise) and Al-Fadilah (extra degree of honour) and raise him to Maqām Mahmūd {a station of praise and glory, i.e., the honour of intercession (شفاعة الكبر) on the Day of Resurrection}, which You have promised him], then intercession for me will be permitted for him on the Day of Resurrection".

Arabic text

614 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبُ بْنُ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ المُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " مَنْ قَالَ حِينَ يَسْمَعُ النِّدَاءَ: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّ هَذِهِ الدَّعْوَةِ التَّامَّةِ، وَالصَّلاَةِ القَائِمَةِ آتِ مُحَمَّدًا الوَسِيلَةَ وَالفَضِيلَةَ، وَابْعَثْهُ مَقَامًا مَحْمُودًا الَّذِي وَعَدْتَهُ، حَلَّتْ لَهُ شَفَاعَتِي يَوْمَ القِيَامَةِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 614

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 614

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 9

To draw lots for pronouncing the Adhān.

Hadith 615

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

615. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "If the people knew (the reward for) pronouncing the Adhān and for standing in the first row [in congregational Ṣalāt (prayers)] and found no other way to get that except by drawing lots they would draw lots; and if they knew (the reward of) the Zuhr prayer (in the early moments of its stated time) they would race for it (go early); and if they knew (the reward of) 'Ishā' and Fajr (early morning) prayers in congregation, they would come to offer them even if they had to crawl."

Arabic text

615 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ مَوْلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَوْ يَعْلَمُ النَّاسُ مَا فِي النِّدَاءِ وَالصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ، ثُمَّ لَمْ يَجِدُوا إِلَّا أَنْ يَسْتَهِمُوا عَلَيْهِ لاَسْتَهَمُوا، وَلَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي التَّهْجِيرِ لاَسْتَبَقُوا إِلَيْهِ، وَلَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي العَتَمَةِ وَالصُّبْحِ، لَأَتَوْهُمَا وَلَوْ حَبْوًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 615

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 615

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 10

Talking during the Adhān.

Hadith 616

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

616. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Al-Ḥārīth: Once on a rainy, muddy day, Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما delivered a Khutba (religious talk) in our presence and when the Mu'adh-dhīn pronounced the Adhān and was going to say: "Haiyya 'alas-Ṣalāh (come for the prayer)," Ibn 'Abbās ordered him to say, "Offer Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayers) at your homes." The people began to look at each other (surprisingly). Ibn 'Abbās said, "It was done by one who was much better than I (i.e., the Prophet ﷺ or his Mu'adh-dhīn), and it is a license."

Arabic text

616 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، وَعَبْدِ الحَمِيدِ، صَاحِبِ الزِّيَادِيِّ، وَعَاصِمٍ الأَحْوَلِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الحَارِثِ، قَالَ: خَطَبَنَا ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ فِي يَوْمٍ رَدْغٍ، فَلَمَّا بَلَغَ المُؤَذِّنُ حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلاَةِ، فَأَمَرَهُ أَنْ يُنَادِيَ «الصَّلاَةُ فِي الرِّحَالِ»، فَنَظَرَ القَوْمُ بَعْضُهُمْ إِلَى بَعْضٍ، فَقَالَ: «فَعَلَ هَذَا مَنْ هُوَ خَيْرٌ مِنْهُ وَإِنَّهَا عَزْمَةٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 616

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 616

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 11

The Adhān pronounced by a blind man (is permissible) when there is a person to inform him about the time of the Ṣalāt (prayer).

Hadith 617

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

617. Narrated Sālim bin 'Abdullāh: My father said that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Bilāl pronounces Adhān at night, so keep on eating and drinking (Sahūr) till Ibn Umm Makṭūm pronounces Adhān." Sālim added, "He was a blind man who would not pronounce the Adhān unless he was told that the day had dawned."

Arabic text

617 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ بِلاَلًا يُؤَذِّنُ بِلَيْلٍ، فَكُلُوا وَاشْرَبُوا حَتَّى يُنَادِيَ ابْنُ أُمِّ مَكْتُومٍ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: وَكَانَ رَجُلًا أَعْمَى، لاَ يُنَادِي حَتَّى يُقَالَ لَهُ: أَصْبَحْتَ أَصْبَحْتَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 617

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 617

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 12

The Adhān after Al-Fajr (dawn).

Hadith 618

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

618. Narrated Ḥafṣa رضي الله عنها: When the Mu'adh-dhīn pronounced the Adhān for Fajr prayer and the dawn became evident, the Prophet ﷺ would offer a two Rak'ā light prayer (Sunna) before the Iqāma of the compulsory (congregational) Ṣalāt (prayer).

Arabic text

618 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَتْنِي حَفْصَةُ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا اعْتَكَفَ المُؤَذِّنُ لِلصُّبْحِ، وَبَدَا الصُّبْحُ، صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تُقَامَ الصَّلاَةُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 618

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 618

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 619

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

619. Narrated 'Āishah رضي الله عنها: The Prophet ﷺ used to offer two light Rak'ā between the Adhān and the Iqāma of the early morning (Fajr) prayer.

Arabic text

619 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَيْبَانُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صلّى الله عليه وسلم يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ بَيْنَ النِّدَاءِ وَالإِقَامَةِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 619

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 619

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 620

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

620. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Bilāl pronounces the Adhān at night, so keep on eating and drinking (Sahūr) till Ibn Umm Maktūm pronounces the Adhān."

Arabic text

620 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ بِلاَلًا يُنَادِي بِلَيْلٍ، فَكُلُوا وَاشْرَبُوا حَتَّى يُنَادِيَ ابْنُ أُمِّ مَكْتُومٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 620

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 620

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 13

The Adhān before Al-Fajr (dawn).

Hadith 621

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

621. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ūd رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "The Adhān pronounced by Bilāl should not stop you from taking Sahūr, for he pronounces the Adhān at night, so that the one offering the late night prayer (Tahajjud) from among you might hurry up and the sleeping from among you might wake up. It does not mean that Al-Fajr (dawn) or Aṣ-Subh (morning) has started." Then he (the Prophet ﷺ) pointed with his fingers and raised them up (towards the sky) and then lowered them (towards the earth) like this (Ibn Mas'ūd imitated the gesture of the Prophet ﷺ). Az-Zaheer gestured with his two index fingers which he put on each other and then stretched them to the right and left. These gestures illustrate the way real dawn appears. It spreads left and right horizontally.

Arabic text

621 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ التَّيْمِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ النَّهْدِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لاَ يَمْنَعَنَّ أَحَدَكُمْ - أَوْ أَحَدًا مِنْكُمْ - أَذَانُ بِلاَلٍ مِنْ سَحُورِهِ، فَإِنَّهُ يُؤَذِّنُ - أَوْ يُنَادِي بِلَيْلٍ - لِيَرْجِعَ قَائِمَكُمْ، وَلِيُنَبِّهَ نَائِمَكُمْ، وَلَيْسَ أَنْ يَقُولَ الفَجْرُ - أَوِ الصُّبْحُ -» وَقَالَ بِأَصَابِعِهِ وَرَفَعَهَا إِلَى فَوْقُ وَطَأْطَأَ إِلَى أَسْفَلُ حَتَّى يَقُولَ هَكَذَا وَقَالَ زُهَيْرٌ: «بِسَبَّابَتَيْهِ إِحْدَاهُمَا فَوْقَ الأُخْرَى، ثُمَّ مَدَّهَا عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَشِمَالِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 621

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 621

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 622

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

622, 623. Narrated 'Āishah رضي الله عنها: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Bilāl pronounces the

Arabic text

622 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، قَالَ: عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَنِ القَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، وَعَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: ح وَحَدَّثَنِي يُوسُفُ بْنُ عِيسَى المَرْوَزِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنِ القَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «إِنَّ بِلاَلًا يُؤَذِّنُ بِلَيْلٍ، فَكُلُوا وَاشْرَبُوا حَتَّى يُؤَذِّنَ ابْنُ أُمِّ مَكْتُومٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 622

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 622

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 623

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

622, 623. Narrated 'Āishah رضي الله عنها: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Bilāl pronounces the Adhān at night, so eat and drink (Sahūr) till Ibn Umm Maktūm pronounces the Adhān."

Arabic text

٦٢٢ - ٦٢٣ - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللهِ حَدَّثَنَا: عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ . وَعَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ : أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ ﷺ قَالَ: وَحَدَّثَنِي يُوسُفُ بْنُ عِيسَى الْمَرْوَزِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «إِنَّ بِلَالًا يُؤَذِّنُ بِلَيْلٍ، فَكُلُوا وَاشْرَبُوا حَتَّى يُؤَذِّنَ ابْنُ أُمِّ مَكْتُومٍ».

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 623

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 623

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 14

How long should the interval between the Adhān and the Iqāma be? (And something concerning) the person who waits for the Iqāma.

Hadith 624

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

624. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Mughaffal Al-Muzanī رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said thrice, "There is a Ṣalāt (prayer) between the two Adhān (Adhān and Iqāma)," and (then while saying it the) third time he added, "for the one who wants to offer it." (See Hadīth No. 627)

Arabic text

624 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ الوَاسِطِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنِ الجُرَيْرِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُغَفَّلٍ المُزَنِيِّ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «بَيْنَ كُلِّ أَذَانَيْنِ صَلاَةٌ، ثَلاَثًا لِمَنْ شَاءَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 624

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 624

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 625

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

625. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: "When the Mu'adh-dhīn pronounced the Adhān, some of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ would proceed to the pillars of the mosque (for the prayer) till the Prophet ﷺ arrived and in this way they used to offer two Rak'ā before the Maghrib prayer. There used to be a little time between the Adhān and the Iqāma." Shu'ba said, "There used to be a very short interval between the two (Adhān and Iqāma)."

Arabic text

625 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَمْرَو بْنَ عَامِرٍ الأَنْصَارِيَّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ المُؤَذِّنُ إِذَا أَذَّنَ قَامَ نَاسٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَبْتَدِرُونَ السَّوَارِيَ، حَتَّى يَخْرُجَ النَّبِيُّ صلّى الله عليه وسلم وَهُمْ كَذَلِكَ، يُصَلُّونَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ المَغْرِبِ، وَلَمْ يَكُنْ بَيْنَ الأَذَانِ وَالإِقَامَةِ شَيْءٌ»، قَالَ عُثْمَانُ بْنُ جَبَلَةَ، وَأَبُو دَاوُدَ: عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، لَمْ يَكُنْ بَيْنَهُمَا إِلَّا قَلِيلٌ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 625

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 625

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 15

Whoever waits for theIqāma of the prayer.

Hadith 626

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

626. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to offer two light Rak'ā before the Salāt-il-Fajr (morning compulsory prayer) after the day dawned and the Mu'adh-dhīn had finished his Adhān. He then would lie on his right side till the Mu'adh-dhīn came to pronounce the Iqāma.

Arabic text

626 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُرْوَةُ بْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَكَتَ المُؤَذِّنُ بِالأُولَى مِنْ صَلاَةِ الفَجْرِ قَامَ، فَرَكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ صَلاَةِ الفَجْرِ، بَعْدَ أَنْ يَسْتَبِينَ الفَجْرُ، ثُمَّ اضْطَجَعَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الأَيْمَنِ، حَتَّى يَأْتِيَهُ المُؤَذِّنُ لِلْإِقَامَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 626

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 626

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 16

Between every two calls(Adhān and Iqāma) there is a Salāt (prayer)(that is optional), for the one who wants tooffer it.

Hadith 627

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

627. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Mughaffal رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "There is a Salāt (prayer) between the two Adhān (Adhān and Iqāma), there is a Salāt between the two Adhān." And then while saying it the third time he added, "For the one who wants to (offer it)."

Arabic text

627 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا كَهْمَسُ بْنُ الحَسَنِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُغَفَّلٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «بَيْنَ كُلِّ أَذَانَيْنِ صَلاَةٌ، بَيْنَ كُلِّ أَذَانَيْنِ صَلاَةٌ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ فِي الثَّالِثَةِ: «لِمَنْ شَاءَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 627

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 627

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 17

Whoever said that thereshould be one Mu'adh-dhīn in the journey.

Hadith 628

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

628. Narrated Mālik bin Ḥuwairth رضي الله عنه: I came to the Prophet ﷺ with some men from my tribe and stayed with him for twenty nights. He was kind and merciful to us. When he realized our longing for our families, he said to us, "Go back and stay with your families and teach them (the religion), and offer Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) and one of you should pronounce the Adhān for Ṣalāt (prayer) when its time is due and the oldest one amongst you should lead the Ṣalāt (prayer)."

Arabic text

628 - حَدَّثَنَا مُعَلَّى بْنُ أَسَدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الحُوَيْرِثِ، أَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي نَفَرٍ مِنْ قَوْمِي، فَأَقَمْنَا عِنْدَهُ عِشْرِينَ لَيْلَةً، وَكَانَ رَحِيمًا رَفِيقًا، فَلَمَّا رَأَى شَوْقَنَا إِلَى أَهَالِينَا، قَالَ: «ارْجِعُوا فَكُونُوا فِيهِمْ، وَعَلِّمُوهُمْ، وَصَلُّوا، فَإِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ لَكُمْ أَحَدُكُمْ، وَلْيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَكْبَرُكُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 628

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 628

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 18

If there are many travellers, Adhān and Iqāma should be pronounced, (the same is to be observed) in 'Arafāt and Al-Muzdalifa too.

Hadith 629

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

629. Narrated Abū D̄har رضي الله عنه: We were in the company of the Prophet ﷺ on a journey and the Mu'adh-dhīn wanted to pronounce the Adhān for the (Zuhr) prayer. The Prophet ﷺ said to him, "Let it become cooler." Then he again wanted to pronounce the Adhān but the Prophet ﷺ said to him, "Let it become cooler." The Mu'adh-dhīn again wanted to pronounce the Adhān but the Prophet ﷺ said, "Let it become cooler, till the shadows of the hillocks become equal to their sizes." The Prophet ﷺ added, "The severity of the heat is from the raging of Hell."

Arabic text

629 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ المُهَاجِرِ أَبِي الحَسَنِ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي سَفَرٍ، فَأَرَادَ المُؤَذِّنُ أَنْ يُؤَذِّنَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: «أَبْرِدْ»، ثُمَّ أَرَادَ أَنْ يُؤَذِّنَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: «أَبْرِدْ»، ثُمَّ أَرَادَ أَنْ يُؤَذِّنَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ: «أَبْرِدْ» حَتَّى سَاوَى الظِّلُّ التُّلُولَ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ شِدَّةَ الحَرِّ مِنْ فَيْحِ جَهَنَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 629

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 629

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 630

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

630. Narrated Mālik bin Ḥuwaīrith رضي الله عنه: Two men came to the Prophet ﷺ with the intention of a journey. The Prophet ﷺ said, "When (both of) you set out, pronounce Adhān and then Iqāma, and the oldest of you should lead the Ṣalāt (prayer)."

Arabic text

630 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الحُوَيْرِثِ، قَالَ: أَتَى رَجُلاَنِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُرِيدَانِ السَّفَرَ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا أَنْتُمَا خَرَجْتُمَا، فَأَذِّنَا، ثُمَّ أَقِيمَا، ثُمَّ لِيَؤُمَّكُمَا أَكْبَرُكُمَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 630

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 630

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 631

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

631. Narrated Mālik رضي الله عنه: We came to the Prophet ﷺ and stayed with him for twenty days and nights. We were all young and of about the same age. The Prophet ﷺ was very kind and merciful. When he realized our longing for our families, he asked about our homes and the people there, and we told him. Then he asked us to go back to our families and stay with them and teach them (the religion) and to order them to do good things. He ﷺ also mentioned some other things which I have (remembered or) forgotten. The Prophet ﷺ then added, "Offer Ṣalāt (prayer) as you have seen me praying; and when it is the time for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) one of you should pronounce the Adhān and the oldest of you should lead the Ṣalāt.

Arabic text

631 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَهَّابِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، أَتَيْنَا إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ شَبَبَةٌ مُتَقَارِبُونَ، فَأَقَمْنَا عِنْدَهُ عِشْرِينَ يَوْمًا وَلَيْلَةً، وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَحِيمًا رَفِيقًا، فَلَمَّا ظَنَّ أَنَّا قَدِ اشْتَهَيْنَا أَهْلَنَا - أَوْ قَدِ اشْتَقْنَا - سَأَلَنَا عَمَّنْ تَرَكْنَا بَعْدَنَا، فَأَخْبَرْنَاهُ، قَالَ: «ارْجِعُوا إِلَى أَهْلِيكُمْ، فَأَقِيمُوا فِيهِمْ وَعَلِّمُوهُمْ وَمُرُوهُمْ - وَذَكَرَ أَشْيَاءَ أَحْفَظُهَا أَوْ لاَ أَحْفَظُهَا - وَصَلُّوا كَمَا رَأَيْتُمُونِي أُصَلِّي، فَإِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ لَكُمْ أَحَدُكُمْ، وَلْيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَكْبَرُكُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 631

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 631

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 632

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

632. Narrated Nāfi': Once, in a cold night, Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما pronounced the Adhān for the Ṣalāt (prayer) at Dajnān (the name of a mountain) and then said, "Offer Salat (prayer) at your homes", and informed us that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to tell the Mu'adh-dhīn to pronounce Adhān and say, "Ala Sallū fir-Rihāl [offer Ṣalāt (prayer) at your Ar-Rihāl (homes or camps)]" at the end of the Adhān on a rainy or a very cold night during the journey.

Arabic text

632 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي نَافِعٌ، قَالَ: أَذَّنَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ فِي لَيْلَةٍ بَارِدَةٍ بِضَجْنَانَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ، فَأَخْبَرَنَا أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَأْمُرُ مُؤَذِّنًا يُؤَذِّنُ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ عَلَى إِثْرِهِ: «أَلاَ صَلُّوا فِي الرِّحَالِ» فِي اللَّيْلَةِ البَارِدَةِ، أَوِ المَطِيرَةِ فِي السَّفَرِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 632

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 632

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 633

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

633. Narrated 'Aūn bin Abī Juhaifa: My father said, "I saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ at a place called Al-Abṭaḥ. Bilāl came and informed him about Ṣalāt (prayer) and then came out with an 'Anaza and planted it in front of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ at Al-Abṭaḥ and pronounced the Iqāma for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer)."

Arabic text

633 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ عَوْنٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو العُمَيْسِ، عَنْ عَوْنِ بْنِ أَبِي جُحَيْفَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالأَبْطَحِ، فَجَاءَهُ بِلاَلٌ فَآذَنَهُ بِالصَّلاَةِ ثُمَّ خَرَجَ بِلاَلٌ بِالعَنَزَةِ حَتَّى رَكَزَهَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالأَبْطَحِ، وَأَقَامَ الصَّلاَةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 633

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 633

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 19

Should the Mu'adh-dhin turn his mouth (face) and look from side to side during the Adhān?

Hadith 634

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

634. Narrated 'Aūn bin Abī Juhaifa: My father said, "I saw Bilāl turning his mouth (face) from side to side while pronouncing the Adhān (for the prayer)."

Arabic text

634 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَوْنِ بْنِ أَبِي جُحَيْفَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، «أَنَّهُ رَأَى بِلاَلًا يُؤَذِّنُ فَجَعَلْتُ أَتَتَبَّعُ فَاهُ هَا هُنَا وَهَهُنَا بِالأَذَانِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 634

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 634

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 20

The saying of a person: "We have missed Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer)."

Hadith 635

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

635. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatāda father said, "While we were offering Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) with the Prophet ﷺ he heard the noise of some people. After Ṣalāt (prayer) he said, 'What is the matter?' They replied, 'We were hurrying for Aṣ-Ṣalāt.' He said, 'Do not make haste for Aṣ-Ṣalāt, and whenever you come for Aṣ-Ṣalāt, you should come with calmness, and offer whatever you get (with the people) and complete the rest which you have missed."

Arabic text

635 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَيْبَانُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: بَيْنَمَا نَحْنُ نُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذْ سَمِعَ جَلَبَةَ رِجَالٍ، فَلَمَّا صَلَّى قَالَ: «مَا شَأْنُكُمْ؟» قَالُوا: اسْتَعْجَلْنَا إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ؟ قَالَ: «فَلاَ تَفْعَلُوا إِذَا أَتَيْتُمُ الصَّلاَةَ فَعَلَيْكُمْ بِالسَّكِينَةِ، فَمَا أَدْرَكْتُمْ فَصَلُّوا وَمَا فَاتَكُمْ فَأَتِمُّوا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 635

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 635

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 21

One should not run for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) but present himself with calmness and solemnity.

Hadith 636

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

636. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "When you hear the Iqāma, proceed to offer Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) with calmness and solemnity and do not make haste. And pray whatever you are able to offer and complete whatever you have missed."

Arabic text

636 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الزُّهْرِيُّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ المُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَعَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا سَمِعْتُمُ الإِقَامَةَ، فَامْشُوا إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ وَعَلَيْكُمْ بِالسَّكِينَةِ وَالوَقَارِ، وَلاَ تُسْرِعُوا، فَمَا أَدْرَكْتُمْ فَصَلُّوا، وَمَا فَاتَكُمْ فَأَتِمُّوا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 636

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 636

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 22

When should the people get up for the Ṣalāt (prayer) if they see the Imām

Hadith 637

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

637. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatāda: My father said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, 'If the Iqāma is pronounced then do not stand for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) till you see me (in front of you)'."

Arabic text

637 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، قَالَ: كَتَبَ إِلَيَّ يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلّى الله عليه وسلم: «إِذَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَلاَ تَقُومُوا حَتَّى تَرَوْنِي»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 637

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 637

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 23

One should not stand for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) hurriedly but with calmness and solemnity.

Hadith 638

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

638. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatāda: My father said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, 'If the Iqāma for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) is pronounced, then do not stand for the prayer till you see me (in front of you) and do it calmly'."

Arabic text

بَابٌ: لاَ يَسْعَى إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ مُسْتَعْجِلًا، وَلْيَقُمْ بِالسَّكِينَةِ وَالوَقَارِ 638 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَيْبَانُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَلاَ تَقُومُوا حَتَّى تَرَوْنِي وَعَلَيْكُمْ بِالسَّكِينَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 638

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 638

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 24

Can one go out of the mosque (after the Adhān, or the Iqāma) if there is a genuine excuse?

Hadith 639

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

639. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ went out (of the mosque) when the Iqāma had been pronounced and the rows straightened. The Prophet ﷺ stood at his Muṣallā (praying place) and we waited for the Prophet ﷺ to begin (the prayer) with Takbīr. He left and (1) (Ch. 22) The wordings of the Adhān is reduced so that the wordings that is said twice in the Adhān is said once in Iqāma except the last utterance of Allahu-Akbar, and the Ṣalāt is offered immediately after Iqāma. asked us to remain in our places. We kept on standing till the Prophet ﷺ returned and the water was trickling from his head for he had taken a bath (of Janāba).

Arabic text

639 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَرَجَ وَقَدْ أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، وَعُدِّلَتِ الصُّفُوفُ، حَتَّى إِذَا قَامَ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ، انْتَظَرْنَا أَنْ يُكَبِّرَ، انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: «عَلَى مَكَانِكُمْ» فَمَكَثْنَا عَلَى هَيْئَتِنَا، حَتَّى خَرَجَ إِلَيْنَا يَنْطِفُ رَأْسُهُ مَاءً، وَقَدِ اغْتَسَلَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 639

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 639

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 25

If the Imām says, "Remain at your places till I return", then wait for him.

Hadith 640

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

640. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Once Iqāma was pronounced and the people had straightened the rows, Allāh's Messenger ﷺ went forward [to lead the Salāt (prayer)] but he was Junub, so he said, "Remain in your places." And he went out, took a bath and returned with water trickling from his head. Then he led the Salāt.

Arabic text

640 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَسَوَّى النَّاسُ صُفُوفَهُمْ، فَخَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَتَقَدَّمَ، وَهُوَ جُنُبٌ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «عَلَى مَكَانِكُمْ» فَرَجَعَ فَاغْتَسَلَ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ وَرَأْسُهُ يَقْطُرُ مَاءً، فَصَلَّى بِهِمْ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 640

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 640

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 26

The saying of a man to the Prophet ﷺ, "We have not prayed."

Hadith 641

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

641. Narrated Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنه: On the day of Al-Khandaq (the battle of Trench), 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb went to the Prophet ﷺ and said, "O Allāh's Messenger! By Allāh, I could not offer the (Aṣr) prayer till the sun had set." 'Umar told this to the Prophet ﷺ at the time when a fasting person had done Iftār (taken his meals). The Prophet ﷺ said: "By Allah! I, too, have not offered the Salāt (prayer)." The Prophet ﷺ then went to Buṭhān and I was with him. He performed ablution and offered the Aṣr prayer after the sun had set and then he offered the Maghrib prayer. (See Hadīth No. 596)

Arabic text

641 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَيْبَانُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا سَلَمَةَ، يَقُولُ: أَخْبَرَنَا جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَاءَهُ عُمَرُ بْنُ الخَطَّابِ يَوْمَ الخَنْدَقِ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ وَاللَّهِ: مَا كِدْتُ أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ، حَتَّى كَادَتِ الشَّمْسُ تَغْرُبُ، وَذَلِكَ بَعْدَ مَا أَفْطَرَ الصَّائِمُ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «وَاللَّهِ مَا صَلَّيْتُهَا» فَنَزَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى بُطْحَانَ وَأَنَا مَعَهُ، فَتَوَضَّأَ ثُمَّ صَلَّى - يَعْنِي العَصْرَ - بَعْدَ مَا غَرَبَتِ الشَّمْسُ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى بَعْدَهَا المَغْرِبَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 641

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 641

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 27

If the Imām is confronted with a problem after the Iqāma.

Hadith 642

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

642. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: Once the Iqāma was pronounced and the Prophet ﷺ was talking to a man (in a low voice) in a corner of the mosque and he did not lead Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) till (some of) the people had slept (dozed in a sitting posture).

Arabic text

642 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَارِثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ بْنُ صُهَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُنَاجِي رَجُلًا فِي جَانِبِ المَسْجِدِ، فَمَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ حَتَّى نَامَ القَوْمُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 642

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 642

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 28

To talk after the Iqāma.

Hadith 643

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

643. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: Once, after the Iqāma for the Ṣalāt (prayer) was pronounced a man came to the Prophet ﷺ and detained him (from the Ṣalāt).

Arabic text

643 - حَدَّثَنَا عَيَّاشُ بْنُ الوَلِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ ثَابِتًا البُنَانِيَّ - عَنِ الرَّجُلِ يَتَكَلَّمُ بَعْدَ مَا تُقَامُ الصَّلاَةُ - فَحَدَّثَنِي عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَعَرَضَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَجُلٌ، فَحَبَسَهُ بَعْدَ مَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ» أَبْوَابُ صَلاَةِ الجَمَاعَةِ وَالإِمَامَةِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 643

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 643

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 29

Congregational Ṣalāt (prayer) is obligatory.

Hadith 644

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

644. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allah's Messenger ﷺ said, "By Him, in Whose Hand my soul is, I intended or planned or was about to order for collecting fire-wood (fuel) and then order someone to pronounce the Adhān for As-Salāt (the prayer) and then order someone to lead the Salāt (prayer), then I would go from behind and burn the houses of men who did not present themselves for the (compulsory congregational) Salāt. By Him, in Whose Hands my soul is, if anyone of them had known that he would get a bone covered with good meat or two (small) pieces of meat present in between two ribs, he would have turned up for the Isḥā prayer.'

Arabic text

644 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَقَدْ هَمَمْتُ أَنْ آمُرَ بِحَطَبٍ، فَيُحْطَبَ، ثُمَّ آمُرَ بِالصَّلاَةِ، فَيُؤَذَّنَ لَهَا، ثُمَّ آمُرَ رَجُلًا فَيَؤُمَّ النَّاسَ، ثُمَّ أُخَالِفَ إِلَى رِجَالٍ، فَأُحَرِّقَ عَلَيْهِمْ بُيُوتَهُمْ، وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ لَوْ يَعْلَمُ أَحَدُهُمْ، أَنَّهُ يَجِدُ عَرْقًا سَمِينًا، أَوْ مِرْمَاتَيْنِ حَسَنَتَيْنِ، لَشَهِدَ العِشَاءَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 644

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 644

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 30

Superiority of the congregational Salāt (prayer).

Hadith 645

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

645. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "The Salāt (prayer) in congregation is twenty-seven times superior in degrees to the Salāt offered by a person alone.

Arabic text

بَابُ فَضْلِ صَلاَةِ الجَمَاعَةِ وَكَانَ الأَسْوَدُ: «إِذَا فَاتَتْهُ الجَمَاعَةُ ذَهَبَ إِلَى مَسْجِدٍ آخَرَ» وَجَاءَ أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ: «إِلَى مَسْجِدٍ قَدْ صُلِّيَ فِيهِ، فَأَذَّنَ وَأَقَامَ وَصَلَّى جَمَاعَةً» 645 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «صَلاَةُ الجَمَاعَةِ تَفْضُلُ صَلاَةَ الفَذِّ بِسَبْعٍ وَعِشْرِينَ دَرَجَةً»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 645

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 645

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 646

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

646. Narrated Abū Sa'īd Al-Khudrī رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "The Salāt (prayer) in congregation is twenty-five times superior in degrees to the Salāt offered by a person alone."

Arabic text

646 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا اللَّيْثُ، حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ الهَادِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ خَبَّابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «صَلاَةُ الجَمَاعَةِ تَفْضُلُ صَلاَةَ الفَذِّ بِخَمْسٍ وَعِشْرِينَ دَرَجَةً»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 646

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 646

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 647

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

647. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "The reward of the Ṣalāt (prayer) offered by a person in congregation is multiplied twenty-five times as much than that of the Ṣalāt offered in one's house or in the market (alone). And this is because if he performs ablution and does it perfectly and then proceeds to the mosque with the sole intention of offering Ṣalāt, then, for every step he takes towards the mosque, he is upgraded one degree in reward and his one sin is taken off (crossed out) from his accounts (of deeds). When he offers his Ṣalāt, the angels keep on asking Allāh's Blessings and Allāh's Forgiveness for him as long as he is (staying) at his Muṣalla. They say, 'O Allāh! Bestow Your Blessings upon him, be Merciful and kind to him.' And one is regarded in Ṣalāt as long as one is waiting for the Ṣalāt."

Arabic text

647 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَاحِدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا صَالِحٍ، يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " صَلاَةُ الرَّجُلِ فِي الجَمَاعَةِ تُضَعَّفُ عَلَى صَلاَتِهِ فِي بَيْتِهِ، وَفِي سُوقِهِ، خَمْسًا وَعِشْرِينَ ضِعْفًا، وَذَلِكَ أَنَّهُ: إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ، فَأَحْسَنَ الوُضُوءَ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى المَسْجِدِ، لاَ يُخْرِجُهُ إِلَّا الصَّلاَةُ، لَمْ يَخْطُ خَطْوَةً، إِلَّا رُفِعَتْ لَهُ بِهَا دَرَجَةٌ، وَحُطَّ عَنْهُ بِهَا خَطِيئَةٌ، فَإِذَا صَلَّى، لَمْ تَزَلِ المَلاَئِكَةُ تُصَلِّي عَلَيْهِ، مَا دَامَ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَيْهِ، اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْهُ، وَلاَ يَزَالُ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلاَةٍ مَا انْتَظَرَ الصَّلاَةَ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 647

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 647

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 31

Superiority of the Fajr (early morning) prayer in congregation.

Hadith 648

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

648. Narrated Abū Salama bin 'Abdur Raḥmān : Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه said, "I heard Allāh's Messenger ﷺ saying, "The reward of a Ṣalāt (prayer) in congregation is twenty-five times superior in degrees than that of a Ṣalāt offered by a person alone. The angels of the night and the angels of the day gather at the time of Fajr prayer." Abū Hurairah then added, "Recite (the Qur'ān) if you wish, "Verily, the recitation of the Qur'ān in the early dawn (i.e. the morning — Fajr prayer) is ever witnessed (attended by the angels in charge of mankind of the day and the night).” (V.17:78).

Arabic text

648 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ المُسَيِّبِ، وَأَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «تَفْضُلُ صَلاَةُ الجَمِيعِ صَلاَةَ أَحَدِكُمْ وَحْدَهُ، بِخَمْسٍ وَعِشْرِينَ جُزْءًا، وَتَجْتَمِعُ مَلاَئِكَةُ اللَّيْلِ وَمَلاَئِكَةُ النَّهَارِ فِي صَلاَةِ الفَجْرِ» ثُمَّ يَقُولُ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: فَاقْرَءُوا إِنْ شِئْتُمْ: {إِنَّ قُرْآنَ الفَجْرِ كَانَ مَشْهُودًا} [الإسراء: 78]

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 648

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 648

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 649

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

649. Narrated ‘Abdullāh bin ‘Umar رضي الله عنهما: The reward of the congregational Ṣalāt is twenty-seven times more (than that of the Ṣalāt offered by a person alone).

Arabic text

649 - قَالَ شُعَيْبٌ: وَحَدَّثَنِي نَافِعٌ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «تَفْضُلُهَا بِسَبْعٍ وَعِشْرِينَ دَرَجَةً»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 649

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 649

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 650

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

650. Narrated Sālim: I heard Umm Ad-Dardā saying, “Abū Ad-Dardā entered the house in an angry mood. I said to him, ‘What makes you angry?’ He replied, ‘By Allāh! I do not find the followers of Muḥammad ﷺ doing those good things (which they used to do before) except the offering of congregational Ṣalāt (prayer).” (This happened in the last days of Abū Ad-Dardā during the rule of ‘Uthmān).

Arabic text

650 - حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ حَفْصٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ سَالِمًا، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أُمَّ الدَّرْدَاءِ، تَقُولُ: دَخَلَ عَلَيَّ أَبُو الدَّرْدَاءِ وَهُوَ مُغْضَبٌ، فَقُلْتُ: مَا أَغْضَبَكَ؟ فَقَالَ: «وَاللَّهِ مَا أَعْرِفُ مِنْ أُمَّةِ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ شَيْئًا إِلَّا أَنَّهُمْ يُصَلُّونَ جَمِيعًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 650

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 650

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 651

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

651. Narrated Abū Mūsā رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, “The people who get tremendous reward for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) are those who are farthest away (from the mosque) and then those who are next farthest and so on. Similarly one who waits to offer Aṣ-Ṣalāt with the Imām has greater reward than one who offers it (alone) and goes to bed.”

Arabic text

651 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ العَلاَءِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ بُرَيْدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي بُرْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَعْظَمُ النَّاسِ أَجْرًا فِي الصَّلاَةِ أَبْعَدُهُمْ، فَأَبْعَدُهُمْ مَمْشًى وَالَّذِي يَنْتَظِرُ الصَّلاَةَ حَتَّى يُصَلِّيَهَا مَعَ الإِمَامِ أَعْظَمُ أَجْرًا مِنَ الَّذِي يُصَلِّي، ثُمَّ يَنَامُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 651

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 651

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 32

The superiority of offering the Zuhr prayer early.

Hadith 652

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

652. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ said, “While a man was going on a way, he saw a thorny branch and removed it from the way and Allāh بحله became pleased by his action and forgave him for that.”

Arabic text

652 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، مَوْلَى أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ السَّمَّانِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «بَيْنَمَا رَجُلٌ يَمْشِي بِطَرِيقٍ وَجَدَ غُصْنَ شَوْكٍ عَلَى الطَّرِيقِ فَأَخَّرَهُ، فَشَكَرَ اللَّهُ لَهُ فَغَفَرَ لَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 652

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 652

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 653

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

653. Then (the Prophet ﷺ) said, "Five are martyrs: One who dies of plague, one who dies of an abdominal disease, one who dies of drowning, one who is buried alive (and) dies and one who is killed in Allāh's Cause." The Prophet ﷺ further said, "If the people knew (the reward for) pronouncing the Adhān and for standing in the first row (in the congregational Ṣalāt) and found no other way to get it except by drawing lots they would do so.

Arabic text

653 - ثُمَّ قَالَ: " الشُّهَدَاءُ خَمْسَةٌ: المَطْعُونُ، وَالمَبْطُونُ، وَالغَرِيقُ، وَصَاحِبُ الهَدْمِ، وَالشَّهِيدُ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 653

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 653

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 654

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

654. [The Prophet ﷺ added:] "And if they knew (the reward of) offering the Zuhr prayer early (in its stated time), they would race for it and if they knew (the reward for) Ishā and Fajr prayers in congregation, they would attend them even if they were to crawl."

Arabic text

وَقَالَ: «لَوْ يَعْلَمُ النَّاسُ مَا فِي النِّدَاءِ وَالصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ، ثُمَّ لَمْ يَجِدُوا إِلَّا أَنْ يَسْتَهِمُوا لاَسْتَهَمُوا عَلَيْهِ 654 - وَلَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي التَّهْجِيرِ لاَسْتَبَقُوا إِلَيْهِ وَلَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي العَتَمَةِ وَالصُّبْحِ لَأَتَوْهُمَا وَلَوْ حَبْوًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 654

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 654

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 33

Every step towards good deeds is rewarded.

Hadith 655

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

655. (V.36:12) Narrated Humaid: Anas رضي الله عنه Banī Salima! Don't you think that for every step of yours (that you take towards the mosque) there is a reward [while coming for the five compulsory Ṣalāt (prayers)]?" Mujāhid said: Regarding Allāh's Statement: "...We record that which they send before (them), and their traces..." (V.36:12)

Arabic text

655 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حَوْشَبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَهَّابِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا بَنِي سَلِمَةَ أَلاَ تَحْتَسِبُونَ آثَارَكُمْ» وَقَالَ مُجَاهِدٌ: فِي قَوْلِهِ: {وَنَكْتُبُ مَا قَدَّمُوا وَآثَارَهُمْ} [يس: 12]، قَالَ: «خُطَاهُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 655

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 655

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 656

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

656. (V.36:12) 'Their traces' means 'their steps'. And Anas said that the people of Banī Salima wanted to shift to a place near the Prophet ﷺ but Allāh's Messenger ﷺ disliked that Al-Madīna (city) should become naked [i.e., with empty outskirts – without inhabitants. i.e., the leaving of their houses (empty)] and said, “(O Banī Salīma!) Don’t you think that you will get the reward for your traces (every step) of yours (that you take towards the Prophet’s mosque) there is a reward while coming for the five compulsory Ṣalāt.” Mujāhid said, “Their traces mean their foot-steps and their going on foot.”

Arabic text

656 - وَقَالَ ابْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ: أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَيُّوبَ، حَدَّثَنِي حُمَيْدٌ، حَدَّثَنِي أَنَسٌ: أَنَّ بَنِي سَلِمَةَ أَرَادُوا أَنْ يَتَحَوَّلُوا عَنْ مَنَازِلِهِمْ فَيَنْزِلُوا قَرِيبًا مِنَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: فَكَرِهَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُعْرُوا المَدِينَةَ، فَقَالَ: «أَلاَ تَحْتَسِبُونَ آثَارَكُمْ» قَالَ مُجَاهِدٌ: «خُطَاهُمْ آثَارُهُمْ، أَنْ يُمْشَى فِي الأَرْضِ بِأَرْجُلِهِمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 656

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 656

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 34

The superiority of the ‘Ishā’ prayer in congregation.

Hadith 657

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

657. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, “No Ṣalāt (prayer) is more heavy (harder) for the hypocrites than the Fajr and the ‘Ishā’ prayers and if they knew the reward for these Ṣalāt, at their respective times, they would certainly present themselves (in the mosques) even if they had to crawl.” The Prophet ﷺ added, “Certainly I intended or planned or was about to order the Mu’adh-dhīn (call-maker) to pronounce Iqāma and order a man to lead the Ṣalāt and then take a fire flame (burning torch) to burn all those men (along with their houses) who had not yet left their houses for the Ṣalāt (in the mosques).”

Arabic text

657 - حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ حَفْصٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَيْسَ صَلاَةٌ أَثْقَلَ عَلَى المُنَافِقِينَ مِنَ الفَجْرِ وَالعِشَاءِ، وَلَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِيهِمَا لَأَتَوْهُمَا وَلَوْ حَبْوًا، لَقَدْ هَمَمْتُ أَنْ آمُرَ المُؤَذِّنَ، فَيُقِيمَ، ثُمَّ آمُرَ رَجُلًا يَؤُمُّ النَّاسَ، ثُمَّ آخُذَ شُعَلًا مِنْ نَارٍ، فَأُحَرِّقَ عَلَى مَنْ لاَ يَخْرُجُ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ بَعْدُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 657

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 657

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 35

Two or more than two persons are considered as a group (for the congregational prayers).

Hadith 658

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

658. Narrated Mālik bin Ḥuwaīrīth رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said (to two persons), “Whenever Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) time becomes due, you should pronounce Adhān and then Iqāma and the older of you should lead the prayer.”

Arabic text

658 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ الحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الحُوَيْرِثِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَأَذِّنَا وَأَقِيمَا، ثُمَّ لِيَؤُمَّكُمَا أَكْبَرُكُمَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 658

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 658

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 36

(The reward of a person) who waits for As-Salāt (the prayer) in the mosque and the superiority of mosques.

Hadith 659

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

659. Narrated Abū Hurairah: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "The angels keep on asking for Allāh's Blessing and Forgiveness for anyone of you as long as he is at his Muṣallā (praying place) and does not do Hadath (passes wind). The angels say, 'O Allāh! Forgive him and be Merciful to him.' Each one of you is in Ṣalāt as long as he is waiting for the Ṣalāt and nothing but Ṣalāt detains him from going to his family."

Arabic text

659 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " المَلاَئِكَةُ تُصَلِّي عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ مَا دَامَ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ، مَا لَمْ يُحْدِثْ: اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لَهُ، اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْهُ، لاَ يَزَالُ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلاَةٍ مَا دَامَتِ الصَّلاَةُ تَحْبِسُهُ ، لاَ يَمْنَعُهُ أَنْ يَنْقَلِبَ إِلَى أَهْلِهِ إِلَّا الصَّلاَةُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 659

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 659

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 660

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

660. Narrated Abū Hurairah: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Allāh will give shade to seven, on the Day when there will be no shade but His. (These seven persons are:)(1) a just ruler, (2) a youth who has been brought up in the worship of Allāh (i.e. worships Allāh جل جلاله Alone sincerely from his childhood), (3) a man whose heart is attached to the mosques [i.e., who offers the five compulsory congregational Ṣalāt (prayers) in the mosques], (4) two persons who love each other only for Allāh's sake and they meet and part in Allāh's Cause only, (5) a man who refuses the call of a charming woman of noble birth for illegal sexual intercourse with her and says: I am afraid of Allāh, (6) a man who gives charitable gifts so secretly that his left hand does not know what his right hand has given (i.e. nobody knows how much he has given in charity), and (7) a person who remembers Allāh in seclusion and his eyes become flooded with tears."

Arabic text

660 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ بُنْدَارٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي خُبَيْبُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ حَفْصِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " سَبْعَةٌ يُظِلُّهُمُ اللَّهُ فِي ظِلِّهِ، يَوْمَ لاَ ظِلَّ إِلَّا ظِلُّهُ: الإِمَامُ العَادِلُ، وَشَابٌّ نَشَأَ فِي عِبَادَةِ رَبِّهِ، وَرَجُلٌ قَلْبُهُ مُعَلَّقٌ فِي المَسَاجِدِ، وَرَجُلاَنِ تَحَابَّا فِي اللَّهِ اجْتَمَعَا عَلَيْهِ وَتَفَرَّقَا عَلَيْهِ، وَرَجُلٌ طَلَبَتْهُ امْرَأَةٌ ذَاتُ مَنْصِبٍ وَجَمَالٍ، فَقَالَ: إِنِّي أَخَافُ اللَّهَ، وَرَجُلٌ تَصَدَّقَ، أَخْفَى حَتَّى لاَ تَعْلَمَ شِمَالُهُ مَا تُنْفِقُ يَمِينُهُ، وَرَجُلٌ ذَكَرَ اللَّهَ خَالِيًا فَفَاضَتْ عَيْنَاهُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 660

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 660

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 661

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

661. Narrated Ḥumaid: Anas رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: was asked, "Did Allāh's Messenger ﷺ wear a ring?" He said, "Yes. Once he delayed the 'Ishā' prayer till mid-night and after the prayer, he faced us and said, 'The people has offered Ṣalāt and have slept and you remained in Ṣalāt as long as you waited for it'." Anas added, "As if I were just now observing the glitter of his ring."

Arabic text

661 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: سُئِلَ أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ هَلِ اتَّخَذَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَاتَمًا؟ فَقَالَ: نَعَمْ أَخَّرَ لَيْلَةً صَلاَةَ العِشَاءِ إِلَى شَطْرِ اللَّيْلِ، ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ بَعْدَ مَا صَلَّى، فَقَالَ: «صَلَّى النَّاسُ وَرَقَدُوا وَلَمْ تَزَالُوا فِي صَلاَةٍ مُنْذُ انْتَظَرْتُمُوهَا» قَالَ: فَكَأَنِّي أَنْظُرُ إِلَى وَبِيصِ خَاتَمِهِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 661

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 661

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 37

The superiority of going to the mosque (every) morning and in the afternoon and evening [for the congregational Ṣalāt (prayers)].

Hadith 662

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

662. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Allāh will prepare for him who goes to the mosque (every) morning and in the afternoon [for the congregational Ṣalāt (prayer)] an honourable place in Paradise with good hospitality for (what he has done) every morning and afternoon goings.

Arabic text

662 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ غَدَا إِلَى المَسْجِدِ وَرَاحَ، أَعَدَّ اللَّهُ لَهُ نُزُلَهُ مِنَ الجَنَّةِ كُلَّمَا غَدَا أَوْ رَاحَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 662

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 662

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 38

No Ṣalāt (prayer) (is to be offered) except the compulsory Ṣalāt after the Iqāma has been pronounced for that compulsory Ṣalāt.

Hadith 663

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

663. Narrated Mālik bin Buhaina رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ passed by or saw a man offering two Rak'ā after the Iqāma (had been pronounced). When Allāh's Messenger completed the Ṣalāt (prayer), the people gathered around him (the Prophet ﷺ) or that man and Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said to him (protestingly), "Are there four Rak'ā in Fajr prayer? Are there four Rak'ā in Fajr prayer?"

Arabic text

663 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ حَفْصِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، قَالَ: مَرَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِرَجُلٍ قَالَ: ح وَحَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ بِشْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَهْزُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي سَعْدُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ حَفْصَ بْنَ عَاصِمٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَجُلًا مِنَ الأَزْدِ يُقَالُ لَهُ: مَالِكُ ابْنُ بُحَيْنَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى رَجُلًا وَقَدْ أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لاَثَ بِهِ النَّاسُ، وَقَالَ لَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الصُّبْحَ أَرْبَعًا، الصُّبْحَ أَرْبَعًا» تَابَعَهُ غُنْدَرٌ، وَمُعَاذٌ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ فِي مَالِكٍ، وَقَالَ ابْنُ إِسْحَاقَ: عَنْ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ حَفْصٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، وَقَالَ حَمَّادٌ: أَخْبَرَنَا سَعْدٌ، عَنْ حَفْصٍ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 663

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 663

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 39

The limit set for a patient to attend the congregational Ṣalāt (prayer)?

Hadith 664

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

664. Narrated Al-Aswad, "We were with Āishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا discussing the regularity of offering Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) and dignifying it. She said, 'When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ fell sick with his fatal illness and when the time of Aṣ-Ṣalāt became due and Adhān was pronounced, he said, 'Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in Ṣalāt (prayer).' He was told that Abū Bakr was a soft-hearted man and would not be able to lead the Ṣalāt in his place. The Prophet ﷺ gave the same order again but, he was given the same reply. He gave the order for the third time and said, 'You (women) are the companions of Yūsuf (Joseph). Tell Abū Bakr to lead the Ṣalāt.' So, Abū Bakr came out to lead the Ṣalāt. In the meantime the condition of the Prophet ﷺ improved a bit and he came out with the help of two men, one on each side. As if I was observing his legs dragging on the ground owing to the discomfort. Abū Bakr wanted to retreat but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned him to remain at his place and the Prophet ﷺ was brought till he sat beside Abū Bakr.” Al-A’mash was asked, “Was the Prophet ﷺ offering prayers and Abū Bakr was following him, and were the people following Abū Bakr in that Ṣalāt,” Al-A’mash replied in the affirmative with a nod of his head. Abū Mu’āwiyya said, “The Prophet ﷺ was sitting on the left side of Abū Bakr who was offering prayers while standing.”

Arabic text

664 - حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ حَفْصِ بْنِ غِيَاثٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا عِنْدَ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، فَذَكَرْنَا المُوَاظَبَةَ عَلَى الصَّلاَةِ وَالتَّعْظِيمَ لَهَا، قَالَتْ: لَمَّا مَرِضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَضَهُ الَّذِي مَاتَ فِيهِ ، فَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَأُذِّنَ فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ» فَقِيلَ لَهُ: إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ رَجُلٌ أَسِيفٌ إِذَا قَامَ فِي مَقَامِكَ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ، وَأَعَادَ فَأَعَادُوا لَهُ، فَأَعَادَ الثَّالِثَةَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّكُنَّ صَوَاحِبُ يُوسُفَ مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ»، فَخَرَجَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ فَصَلَّى فَوَجَدَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ نَفْسِهِ خِفَّةً، فَخَرَجَ يُهَادَى بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ، كَأَنِّي أَنْظُرُ رِجْلَيْهِ تَخُطَّانِ مِنَ الوَجَعِ، فَأَرَادَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ أَنْ يَتَأَخَّرَ، فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ مَكَانَكَ، ثُمَّ أُتِيَ بِهِ حَتَّى جَلَسَ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ، قِيلَ لِلْأَعْمَشِ: وَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي وَأَبُوبَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي بِصَلاَتِهِ، وَالنَّاسُ يُصَلُّونَ بِصَلاَةِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَقَالَ: بِرَأْسِهِ نَعَمْ رَوَاهُ أَبُو دَاوُدَ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ بَعْضَهُ، وَزَادَ أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ جَلَسَ عَنْ يَسَارِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي قَائِمًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 664

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 664

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 665

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

665. Narrated ‘Aishah رضي الله عنها: When the Prophet ﷺ became seriously ill and his disease aggravated, he asked for permission from his wives to be nursed in my house and he was allowed. He came out with the help of two men while his legs were dragging on the ground. He was between Al-‘Abbās and another man.” ‘Ubaid-Ullāh said, “I told Ibn ‘Abbās what ‘Aishah رضي الله عنها had narrated and he said, ‘Do you know who was the (second) man whose name ‘Aishah رضي الله عنها did not mention?’ I said, ‘No.’ Ibn ‘Abbās said, ‘He was ‘Ali bin Abī Ṭālib’.”

Arabic text

665 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: «لَمَّا ثَقُلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَاشْتَدَّ وَجَعُهُ اسْتَأْذَنَ أَزْوَاجَهُ أَنْ يُمَرَّضَ فِي بَيْتِي، فَأَذِنَّ لَهُ، فَخَرَجَ بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ تَخُطُّ رِجْلاَهُ الأَرْضَ، وَكَانَ بَيْنَ العَبَّاسِ وَرَجُلٍ آخَرَ» قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ: فَذَكَرْتُ ذَلِكَ لِابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ مَا قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ، فَقَالَ لِي: وَهَلْ تَدْرِي مَنِ الرَّجُلُ الَّذِي لَمْ تُسَمِّ عَائِشَةُ؟ قُلْتُ: لاَ، قَالَ: هُوَ عَلِيُّ بْنُ أَبِي طَالِبٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 665

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 665

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 40

It is permissible to pray at one's dwelling during rain or if there is a genuine excuse.

Hadith 666

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

666. Narrated Nāfi': Once, on a very cold and stormy night, Ibn 'Umar pronounced the Adhān for the Salāt (prayer) and then said, "Offer prayers in your homes." He (Ibn 'Umar) added, "On very cold and rainy nights Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to order the Mu'adh-dhīn to say, 'Offer prayers in your homes'."

Arabic text

666 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، أَذَّنَ بِالصَّلاَةِ فِي لَيْلَةٍ ذَاتِ بَرْدٍ وَرِيحٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: أَلاَ صَلُّوا فِي الرِّحَالِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَأْمُرُ المُؤَذِّنَ إِذَا كَانَتْ لَيْلَةٌ ذَاتُ بَرْدٍ وَمَطَرٍ، يَقُولُ: «أَلاَ صَلُّوا فِي الرِّحَالِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 666

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 666

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 667

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

667. Narrated Maḥmūd bin Rabī' Al-Anṣārī: Itbān bin Mālik used to lead his people (tribe) in prayer and he was a blind man, he said to Allāh's Messenger ﷺ, "O Allāh's Messenger! At times it is dark and flood water is flowing (in the valley) and I am blind man, so please offer prayers at a place in my house so that I can take it as a Muṣallā (praying place)." So, Allāh's Messenger ﷺ went to his house and said, "Where do you like me to pray?" Itbān pointed to a place in his house and Allāh's Messenger ﷺ offered the prayer there.

Arabic text

667 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ الأَنْصَارِيِّ، أَنَّ عِتْبَانَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، كَانَ يَؤُمُّ قَوْمَهُ وَهُوَ أَعْمَى، وَأَنَّهُ قَالَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّهَا تَكُونُ الظُّلْمَةُ وَالسَّيْلُ، وَأَنَا رَجُلٌ ضَرِيرُ البَصَرِ، فَصَلِّ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ فِي بَيْتِي مَكَانًا أَتَّخِذُهُ مُصَلَّى، فَجَاءَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «أَيْنَ تُحِبُّ أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ؟» فَأَشَارَ إِلَى مَكَانٍ مِنَ البَيْتِ، فَصَلَّى فِيهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 667

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 667

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 41

Can the Imām offer the Salāt (prayer) with only those who are present (for the prayer)? And can he deliver a Khutba (religious talk) on Friday if it is raining?

Hadith 668

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

668. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Al-Ĥārith addressed Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: رضي الله عنه us on a (rainy and) muddy day and when the Mu'adh-dhīn said, "Haiya 'alas-Ṣalah [Come for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer)]". Ibn 'Abbās ordered him to say, "Offer prayers in your Ar-Raḥāl (homes)." The people began to look at one another with surprise as if they did not like it. Ibn 'Abbās said, "It seems that you thought ill of it but no doubt it was done by one who was better than I (i.e., the Prophet ﷺ). It (Aṣ-Ṣalāt) is a strict order and I disliked to bring you out." In another narration Ibn 'Abbās narrated the same as above but he said, "I did not like to make you sinful (in refraining from coming to the mosque) and to come (to the mosque) covered with mud up to the knees."

Arabic text

668 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الوَهَّابِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الحَمِيدِ، صَاحِبُ الزِّيَادِيِّ، قَالَ : سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ الحَارِثِ، قَالَ: خَطَبَنَا ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ فِي يَوْمٍ ذِي رَدْغٍ، فَأَمَرَ المُؤَذِّنَ لَمَّا بَلَغَ حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلاَةِ، قَالَ: قُلْ: «الصَّلاَةُ فِي الرِّحَالِ»، فَنَظَرَ بَعْضُهُمْ إِلَى بَعْضٍ، فَكَأَنَّهُمْ أَنْكَرُوا، فَقَالَ: كَأَنَّكُمْ أَنْكَرْتُمْ هَذَا، «إِنَّ هَذَا فَعَلَهُ مَنْ هُوَ خَيْرٌ مِنِّي»، - يَعْنِي النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - إِنَّهَا عَزْمَةٌ، وَإِنِّي كَرِهْتُ أَنْ أُحْرِجَكُمْ " وَعَنْ حَمَّادٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الحَارِثِ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، نَحْوَهُ، غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «كَرِهْتُ أَنْ أُؤَثِّمَكُمْ فَتَجِيئُونَ تَدُوسُونَ الطِّينَ إِلَى رُكَبِكُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 668

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 668

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 669

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

669. Narrated Abū Sa'īd Al-Khudrī رضي الله عنه: A cloud came and it rained till the roof (of the mosque) started leaking, and in those days the roof used to be of the branches of date-palms. Iqāma was pronounced and I saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ prostrating in water and mud and even I saw the mark of mud on his forehead.

Arabic text

669 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا سَعِيدٍ الخُدْرِيَّ، فَقَالَ: جَاءَتْ سَحَابَةٌ، فَمَطَرَتْ حَتَّى سَالَ السَّقْفُ، وَكَانَ مِنْ جَرِيدِ النَّخْلِ، فَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، «فَرَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْجُدُ فِي المَاءِ وَالطِّينِ، حَتَّى رَأَيْتُ أَثَرَ الطِّينِ فِي جَبْهَتِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 669

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 669

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 670

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

670. Narrated Anas bin Sīrīn: I heard Anas رضي الله عنه saying, "A man from Anṣār said to the Prophet ﷺ, 'I cannot offer Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) with you (in congregation).' He was a very fat man and he prepared a meal for the Prophet ﷺ and invited him to his house. He spread out a mat for the Prophet ﷺ, and washed one of its sides with water, and the Prophet ﷺ offered two Rak'ā prayers on it." A man from the family of Al-Jarūd asked, "Did the Prophet ﷺ used to offer the Duha (forenoon) prayer?" Anas said, "I did not see him offering the Duha prayer except on that day."

Arabic text

670 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ سِيرِينَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الأَنْصَارِ: إِنِّي لاَ أَسْتَطِيعُ الصَّلاَةَ مَعَكَ، وَكَانَ رَجُلًا ضَخْمًا، «فَصَنَعَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ طَعَامًا، فَدَعَاهُ إِلَى مَنْزِلِهِ، فَبَسَطَ لَهُ حَصِيرًا، وَنَضَحَ طَرَفَ الحَصِيرِ فَصَلَّى عَلَيْهِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنْ آلِ الجَارُودِ لِأَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ: أَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي الضُّحَى؟ قَالَ: مَا رَأَيْتُهُ صَلَّاهَا إِلَّا يَوْمَئِذٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 670

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 670

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 42

(What should one do) if the meal has been served and Iqāma has been pronounced for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer).

Hadith 671

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

671. Narrated 'Aishah: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: The Prophet ﷺ said, "If supper is served, and Iqāma is pronounced one should start with the supper."

Arabic text

671 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَائِشَةَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «إِذَا وُضِعَ العَشَاءُ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَابْدَءُوا بِالعَشَاءِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 671

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 671

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 672

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

672. Narrated Anas bin Mālik: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "If the supper is served, start having it before offering the Maghrib prayer and do not be hasty in finishing your supper."

Arabic text

672 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا قُدِّمَ العَشَاءُ، فَابْدَءُوا بِهِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تُصَلُّوا صَلاَةَ المَغْرِبِ، وَلاَ تَعْجَلُوا عَنْ عَشَائِكُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 672

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 672

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 673

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

673. Narrated Nāfi': Ibn 'Umar said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, 'If the supper is served for anyone of you and the Iqāma is pronounced, start with the supper and don't be in haste (and carry on eating) till you finish it." If food (supper) was served for Ibn 'Umar and Iqāma was pronounced, he never came to the prayer till he finished it (i.e., the food) in spite of the fact that he heard the recitation (of the Qur'an) by the Imām (in the prayer).

Arabic text

673 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا وُضِعَ عَشَاءُ أَحَدِكُمْ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَابْدَءُوا بِالعَشَاءِ وَلاَ يَعْجَلْ حَتَّى يَفْرُغَ مِنْهُ» وَكَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: «يُوضَعُ لَهُ الطَّعَامُ، وَتُقَامُ الصَّلاَةُ، فَلاَ يَأْتِيهَا حَتَّى يَفْرُغَ، وَإِنَّهُ لَيَسْمَعُ قِرَاءَةَ الإِمَامِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 673

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 673

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 674

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

674. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ said, "If anyone of you is having his meals, he should not hurry up till he is satisfied even if the Salāt (prayer) has been started."

Arabic text

674 - وَقَالَ زُهَيْرٌ، وَوَهْبُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا كَانَ أَحَدُكُمْ عَلَى الطَّعَامِ، فَلاَ يَعْجَلْ حَتَّى يَقْضِيَ حَاجَتَهُ مِنْهُ، وَإِنْ أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ»، رَوَاهُ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، عَنْ وَهْبِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ «وَوَهْبٌ مَدِينِيٌّ» بَابٌ: إِذَا دُعِيَ الإِمَامُ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ وَبِيَدِهِ مَا يَأْكُلُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 674

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 674

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 43

When the Imām is called for As-Salāt (the prayer) while he has in his hands something to eat.

Hadith 675

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

675. Narrated Ja'far bin 'Amr bin Umaiyya: My father said, "I saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ eating a piece of meat from the shoulder of a sheep and he was called for As-Salāt (the prayer). He stood up, put down the knife and offered Salāt (prayers) but did not perform ablution."

Arabic text

675 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ، عَنْ صَالِحٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي جَعْفَرُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، أَنَّ أَبَاهُ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَأْكُلُ ذِرَاعًا يَحْتَزُّ مِنْهَا، فَدُعِيَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ، فَقَامَ، فَطَرَحَ السِّكِّينَ، فَصَلَّى وَلَمْ يَتَوَضَّأْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 675

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 675

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 44

If somebody was busy with his domestic work and Iqāma was pronounced and then he came out [for offering the Salāt (prayer)].

Hadith 676

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

676. Narrated Al-Aswad that he asked 'Aishah "رضي الله عنها", "What did the Prophet ﷺ use to do in his house?" She replied, "He used to keep himself busy serving his family and when it was the time for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer), he would go for it."

Arabic text

676 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الحَكَمُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ مَا كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُ فِي بَيْتِهِ؟ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ يَكُونُ فِي مِهْنَةِ أَهْلِهِ - تَعْنِي خِدْمَةَ أَهْلِهِ - فَإِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 676

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 676

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 45

Offering Ṣalāt (prayer) in front of the people with the sole intention of teaching them the Ṣalāt of the Prophet ﷺ and his Sunna (legal ways etc.).

Hadith 677

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

677. Narrated Ayyūb: Abū Qilāba said, "Mālik bin Ḥuwaīriṭh came to this mosque of ours and said, 'I offer Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayers) in front of you and my aim is not (to lead) the Ṣalāt (prayer) but to show you the way in which the Prophet ﷺ used to offer Ṣalāt.' I asked Abū Qilāba, "How did he use to offer Ṣalāt?" He replied, " (The Prophet ﷺ used to pray) like this Sheikh of ours, and the Sheikh used to sit for a while after the prostration before getting up after the first Rak'ā'

Arabic text

677 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، قَالَ: جَاءَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ الحُوَيْرِثِ - فِي مَسْجِدِنَا هَذَا - فَقَالَ: إِنِّي لَأُصَلِّي بِكُمْ وَمَا أُرِيدُ الصَّلاَةَ، أُصَلِّي كَيْفَ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي، فَقُلْتُ لِأَبِي قِلاَبَةَ: كَيْفَ كَانَ يُصَلِّي؟ قَالَ: مِثْلَ شَيْخِنَا هَذَا، قَالَ: وَكَانَ شَيْخًا، «يَجْلِسُ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ، قَبْلَ أَنْ يَنْهَضَ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 677

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 677

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 46

The religious learned men are entitled to precedence in leading the Ṣalāt (prayers).

Hadith 678

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

678. Narrated Abū Mūsā "رضي الله عنه", "The Prophet ﷺ became sick and when his disease aggravated, he said, "Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in the Ṣalāt (prayer)." 'Aishah "رضي الله عنها" said, "He is a soft-hearted man and would not be able to lead the Ṣalāt in your place.” The Prophet ﷺ said again, “Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in Ṣalāt. You are the companions of Yūsuf (Joseph).” So a messenger went to Abū Bakr (with that order) and he led the people in Ṣalāt in the lifetime of the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

678 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنٌ، عَنْ زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ المَلِكِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو بُرْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، قَالَ: مَرِضَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَاشْتَدَّ مَرَضُهُ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ» قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: إِنَّهُ رَجُلٌ رَقِيقٌ، إِذَا قَامَ مَقَامَكَ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ، قَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ» فَعَادَتْ، فَقَالَ: «مُرِي أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ، فَإِنَّكُنَّ صَوَاحِبُ يُوسُفَ» فَأَتَاهُ الرَّسُولُ، فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ فِي حَيَاةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 678

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 678

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 679

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

679. Narrated ‘Aīshah رضي الله عنها, the Mother of the believers: Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ in his illness said, “Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in Ṣalāt (prayer).” I said to him, “If Abū Bakr stands in your place, the people would not hear him owing to his (excessive) weeping. So please order ‘Umar to lead the Salat.” ‘Aīshah رضي الله عنها added, I said to Hāfša, “Say to him: If Abū Bakr should lead the people in the Ṣalāt in your place, the people would not be able to hear him owing to his weeping; so please order ‘Umar to lead the Ṣalāt.” Hāfša did so but Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Keep quiet! Indeed you (women) are the companions of Yūsuf (Joseph). Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in the Ṣalāt.” Hāfša said to ‘Aīshah رضي الله عنها, “I never got anything good from you.”

Arabic text

679 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ أُمِّ المُؤْمِنِينَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ فِي مَرَضِهِ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ» قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: قُلْتُ إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ إِذَا قَامَ فِي مَقَامِكَ لَمْ يُسْمِعِ النَّاسَ مِنَ البُكَاءِ، فَمُرْ عُمَرَ فَلْيُصَلِّ لِلنَّاسِ، فَقَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: فَقُلْتُ لِحَفْصَةَ: قُولِي لَهُ: إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ إِذَا قَامَ فِي مَقَامِكَ لَمْ يُسْمِعِ النَّاسَ مِنَ البُكَاءِ، فَمُرْ عُمَرَ فَلْيُصَلِّ لِلنَّاسِ، فَفَعَلَتْ حَفْصَةُ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَهْ إِنَّكُنَّ لَأَنْتُنَّ صَوَاحِبُ يُوسُفَ، مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ لِلنَّاسِ» فَقَالَتْ حَفْصَةُ لِعَائِشَةَ: مَا كُنْتُ لِأُصِيبَ مِنْكِ خَيْرًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 679

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 679

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 680

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

680. Narrated Az-Zuhri: Anas bin Mālik Al-Anṣārī رضي الله عنه told me, “Abū Bakr used to lead the people in Ṣalāt (prayer) during the fatal illness of the Prophet ﷺ till it wasMonday. When the people aligned (in rows)for Aš-Šalāt (the prayer), the Prophet ﷺlifted the curtain of his house and startedlooking at us and he was standing at thattime. His face was (glittering) like a page ofthe Qur'an and he smiled cheerfully. Wewere about to be put to trial for the pleasureof seeing the Prophet ﷺ. Abū Bakr retreatedto join the row as he thought that the Prophetﷺ would lead Aš-Šalāt. The Prophet ﷺbeckoned us to complete the Šalāt and helet the curtain fall. On the same day hedied."

Arabic text

680 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ الأَنْصَارِيُّ - وَكَانَ تَبِعَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَخَدَمَهُ وَصَحِبَهُ - أَنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ كَانَ يُصَلِّي لَهُمْ فِي وَجَعِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الَّذِي تُوُفِّيَ فِيهِ، حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ يَوْمُ الِاثْنَيْنِ وَهُمْ صُفُوفٌ فِي الصَّلاَةِ، فَكَشَفَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سِتْرَ الحُجْرَةِ يَنْظُرُ إِلَيْنَا وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ كَأَنَّ وَجْهَهُ وَرَقَةُ مُصْحَفٍ، ثُمَّ تَبَسَّمَ يَضْحَكُ، فَهَمَمْنَا أَنْ نَفْتَتِنَ مِنَ الفَرَحِ بِرُؤْيَةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَنَكَصَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ عَلَى عَقِبَيْهِ لِيَصِلَ الصَّفَّ، وَظَنَّ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَارِجٌ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ «فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ أَتِمُّوا صَلاَتَكُمْ وَأَرْخَى السِّتْرَ فَتُوُفِّيَ مِنْ يَوْمِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 680

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 680

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 681

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

681. Narrated Anas: The Prophet ﷺ didnot come out for three days. The peoplestood for Aš-Šalāt (the prayer) and Abū Bakrwent ahead to lead Aš-Šalāt. (In themeantime) the Prophet ﷺ caught hold ofthe curtain and lifted it. When the face of theProphet ﷺ appeared, we had never seen ascene more pleasing than the face of theProphet ﷺ as it appeared then. The Prophetﷺ beckoned to Abū Bakr to lead the peoplein Aš-Šalāt and then let the curtain fall. Wedid not see him (again) till he died.

Arabic text

681 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَارِثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «لَمْ يَخْرُجِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ثَلاَثًا»، فَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَذَهَبَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَتَقَدَّمُ، فَقَالَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «بِالحِجَابِ فَرَفَعَهُ، فَلَمَّا وَضَحَ وَجْهُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مَا نَظَرْنَا مَنْظَرًا كَانَ أَعْجَبَ إِلَيْنَا مِنْ وَجْهِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ وَضَحَ لَنَا، فَأَوْمَأَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدِهِ إِلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ أَنْ يَتَقَدَّمَ، وَأَرْخَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الحِجَابَ، فَلَمْ يُقْدَرْ عَلَيْهِ حَتَّى مَاتَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 681

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 681

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 682

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

682. Narrated Ḥamza bin ‘Abdullāh: My father said, “When Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ became seriously ill, he was told about Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer). He said, ‘Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in Aṣ-Ṣalāt.’ ‘Āishah رضي الله عنها said, ‘Abū Bakr is a soft-hearted man and he would be over-powered by his weeping if he recited the Qur’ān.’ He ﷺ said to them, ‘Tell him (Abū Bakr) to lead Aṣ-Ṣalāt. The same reply was given to him. He said again, ‘Tell him to lead the prayer. You (women) are the companions of Yūsuf (Joseph).’”

Arabic text

682 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ حَمْزَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّهُ أَخْبَرَهُ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: لَمَّا اشْتَدَّ بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَجَعُهُ قِيلَ لَهُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ» قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ رَجُلٌ رَقِيقٌ، إِذَا قَرَأَ غَلَبَهُ البُكَاءُ، قَالَ: «مُرُوهُ فَيُصَلِّي» فَعَاوَدَتْهُ، قَالَ: «مُرُوهُ فَيُصَلِّي، إِنَّكُنَّ صَوَاحِبُ يُوسُفَ» تَابَعَهُ الزُّبَيْدِيُّ، وَابْنُ أَخِي الزُّهْرِيِّ، وَإِسْحَاقُ بْنُ يَحْيَى الكَلْبِيُّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، وَقَالَ عُقَيْلٌ، وَمَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ حَمْزَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 682

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 682

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 47

Whoever stood by the side of the Imām because of a genuine cause [in Ṣalāt (prayer)].

Hadith 683

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

683. Narrated ‘Urwa’s father رضي الله عنه: ‘Āishah رضي الله عنها said, “Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ ordered Abū Bakr to lead the people in Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) during his illness and so he led them in prayer.” ‘Urwa, a subnarrator, added, “Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ felt a bit relieved and came out and Abū Bakr was leading the people (in Ṣalāt). When Abū Bakr saw the Prophet ﷺ, he retreated but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned him to remain there. Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ sat beside Abū Bakr. Abū Bakr was following the Ṣalāt of Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ and the people were following the Ṣalāt (prayer) of Abū Bakr.”

Arabic text

683 - حَدَّثَنَا زَكَرِيَّاءُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «أَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَبَا بَكْرٍ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ فِي مَرَضِهِ»، فَكَانَ يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ، قَالَ عُرْوَةُ: فَوَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي نَفْسِهِ خِفَّةً، فَخَرَجَ، فَإِذَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَؤُمُّ النَّاسَ، فَلَمَّا رَآهُ أَبُو بَكْرٍ اسْتَأْخَرَ، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ: «أَنْ كَمَا أَنْتَ»، فَجَلَسَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِذَاءَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ، فَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالنَّاسُ يُصَلُّونَ بِصَلاَةِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 683

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 683

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 48

If somebody is leading the Ṣalāt (prayer) and (in the meanwhile) the first (usual) Imām comes, the Ṣalāt is valid whether the former retreats or does not retreat.

Hadith 684

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

684. Narrated Saḥl bin Sa'd As-Sā'idī رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger went to establish peace among Bani 'Amr bin 'Auf. In the meantime the time of Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) was due and the Mu'adh-dhīn went to Abū Bakr and said, "Will you lead the Ṣalāt (prayer), so that I may pronounce the Iqāma?" Abū Bakr رضي الله عنه replied in the affirmative and led the Ṣalāt. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ came while the people were still offering Ṣalāt and he entered the rows of the praying people till he stood in the (first row). The people clapped their hands. Abū Bakr never glanced sideways in his Ṣalāt but when the people continued clapping, Abū Bakr looked and saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ beckoned him to stay at his place. Abū Bakr رضي الله عنه raised his hands and thanked Allāh for that order of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ and then he retreated till he reached the first row. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ went forward and led the Ṣalāt. When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ finished the Ṣalāt, he said, "O Abū Bakr! What prevented you from staying when I ordered you to do so?" Abū Bakr replied, "How can Ibn Abī Quḥāfa (Abū Bakr) dare to lead the Ṣalāt in the presence of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ?" Then Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Why did you clap so much? If something happens to anyone during his Ṣalāt he should say Subḥān Allāh(1). If he says so he will be attended to, and clapping is for women.”

Arabic text

684 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَهَبَ إِلَى بَنِي عَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ لِيُصْلِحَ بَيْنَهُمْ، فَحَانَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَجَاءَ المُؤَذِّنُ إِلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَقَالَ: أَتُصَلِّي لِلنَّاسِ فَأُقِيمَ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ فَصَلَّى أَبُو بَكْرٍ، فَجَاءَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالنَّاسُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ، فَتَخَلَّصَ حَتَّى وَقَفَ فِي الصَّفِّ، فَصَفَّقَ النَّاسُ وَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ لاَ يَلْتَفِتُ فِي صَلاَتِهِ، فَلَمَّا أَكْثَرَ النَّاسُ التَّصْفِيقَ التَفَتَ، فَرَأَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَنِ امْكُثْ مَكَانَكَ»، فَرَفَعَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ يَدَيْهِ، فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ عَلَى مَا أَمَرَهُ بِهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، ثُمَّ اسْتَأْخَرَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ حَتَّى اسْتَوَى فِي الصَّفِّ، وَتَقَدَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَصَلَّى، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ: «يَا أَبَا بَكْرٍ مَا مَنَعَكَ أَنْ تَثْبُتَ إِذْ أَمَرْتُكَ» فَقَالَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ: مَا كَانَ لِابْنِ أَبِي قُحَافَةَ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا لِي رَأَيْتُكُمْ أَكْثَرْتُمُ التَّصْفِيقَ، مَنْ رَابَهُ شَيْءٌ فِي صَلاَتِهِ، فَلْيُسَبِّحْ فَإِنَّهُ إِذَا سَبَّحَ التُفِتَ إِلَيْهِ، وَإِنَّمَا التَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 684

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 684

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 49

If some people are equally proficient in the recitation of the Qur'ān (and religious knowledge), the oldest of them should lead Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer).

Hadith 685

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

685. Narrated Mālik bin Ḥuwaīrith رضي الله عنه: We went to the Prophet ﷺ and we were all young men and stayed with him for about twenty nights. The Prophet ﷺ was very merciful. He said, “When you return home, impart religious teachings to your families and tell them to offer perfectly such and such a Ṣalāt (prayer) at such and such time and such and such a Ṣalāt at such and such a time. And at the time of Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) one of you should pronounce the Adhān and the oldest of you should lead the Ṣalāt.”

Arabic text

685 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الحُوَيْرِثِ، قَالَ: قَدِمْنَا عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ شَبَبَةٌ، فَلَبِثْنَا عِنْدَهُ نَحْوًا مِنْ عِشْرِينَ لَيْلَةً، وَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَحِيمًا فَقَالَ: «لَوْ رَجَعْتُمْ إِلَى بِلاَدِكُمْ، فَعَلَّمْتُمُوهُمْ مُرُوهُمْ، فَلْيُصَلُّوا صَلاَةَ كَذَا فِي حِينِ كَذَا، وَصَلاَةَ كَذَا فِي حِينِ كَذَا، وَإِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ لَكُمْ أَحَدُكُمْ وَلْيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَكْبَرُكُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 685

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 685

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 50

If the Imām visited some people and led them in Ṣalāt (prayer).

Hadith 686

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

686. Narrated Ibtān bin Mālik Al-Anṣārī The Prophet ﷺ (came to my house and) asked permission for entering and I allowed him. He asked, "Where do you like me to offer Ṣalāt (prayer) in your house?" I pointed to a place which I liked. He (ﷺ) stood up for Ṣalāt and we aligned behind him and he finished the Ṣalāt with Taslīm and we did the same.

Arabic text

686 - حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي مَحْمُودُ بْنُ الرَّبِيعِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عِتْبَانَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ الأَنْصارِيَّ، قَالَ: اسْتَأْذَنَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَذِنْتُ لَهُ فَقَالَ: «أَيْنَ تُحِبُّ أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ مِنْ بَيْتِكَ؟» فَأَشَرْتُ لَهُ إِلَى المَكَانِ الَّذِي أُحِبُّ، فَقَامَ وَصَفَفْنَا خَلْفَهُ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ وَسَلَّمْنَا

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.684) To honour Allāh and make Him free from all that (unsuitable evil things) that are ascribed to Him (or glorified be Allāh).

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 686

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 686

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 51

The Imām is appointed to be followed.

Hadith 687

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

687. Narrated 'Ubaid-ullāh bin 'Abdullāh bin 'Utba: I went to 'Āishah رضي الله عنها and asked her to describe to me the illness of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ. 'Āishah رضي الله عنها said, "Yes (I will tell you). The Prophet ﷺ became seriously ill and asked whether the people had offered the Ṣalāt (prayer). We replied, 'No, O Allāh's Messenger! They are waiting for you.' He added, 'Put water for me in a trough'. 'Aishah رضي الله عنها' added: "We did so. He took a bath and tried to get up, but fainted. When he recovered, he again asked whether the people had offered the Ṣalāt. We said, 'No, they are waiting for you. O Allāh's Messenger.' He again said, 'Put water in a trough for me.' He sat down and took a bath and tried to get up, but fainted again. Then he recovered and said, 'Have the people offered the Ṣalāt?' We replied, 'No, they are waiting for you, O Allāh's Messenger.' He said, 'Put water for me in the trough.' Then he sat down and washed himself and tried to get up but he fainted. When he recovered, he asked, 'Have the people offered the Ṣalāt?' We said, 'No, they are waiting for you, O Allāh's Messenger!' The people were in the mosque waiting for the Prophet ﷺ for the Ishā prayer. The Prophet ﷺ sent for Abū Bakr to lead the people in the Ṣalāt. The messenger went to Abū Bakr and said, 'Allāh's Messenger ﷺ orders you to lead the people in the Ṣalāt.' Abū Bakr was a soft-hearted man, so he asked 'Umar to lead the Ṣalāt but 'Umar replied, 'You are more rightful.' So Abū Bakr led the Ṣalāt in those days. When the Prophet ﷺ felt a bit better, he came out for the Zuhr prayer with the help of two persons one of whom was Al-'Abbās, while Abū Bakr was leading the people in the Ṣalāt. When Abū Bakr saw him (the Prophet ﷺ), he wanted to retreat but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned him not to do so and asked them to make him sit beside Abū Bakr and they did so. Abū Bakr was following the Prophet ﷺ (in the Ṣalāt) and the people were following Abū Bakr. The Prophet ﷺ (offered Ṣalāt) sitting." 'Ubaid-ullāh added, "I went to 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās and asked him, 'Shall I tell you what 'Āishah رضي الله عنها has told me about the fatal illness of the Prophet?' Ibn 'Abbās said, 'Go ahead.' I told him her narration and he did not deny anything of it but asked whether 'Āishah رضي الله عنها told me the name of the second person (who helped the Prophet ﷺ) along with Al-'Abbās. I said, 'No.' He said, 'He was 'Ali (Ibn Abī Ṭālib)'."

Arabic text

687 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَبِي عَائِشَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، قَالَ: دَخَلْتُ عَلَى عَائِشَةَ فَقُلْتُ: أَلاَ تُحَدِّثِينِي عَنْ مَرَضِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَتْ: بَلَى، ثَقُلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «أَصَلَّى النَّاسُ؟» قُلْنَا: لاَ، هُمْ يَنْتَظِرُونَكَ، قَالَ: «ضَعُوا لِي مَاءً فِي المِخْضَبِ». قَالَتْ: فَفَعَلْنَا، فَاغْتَسَلَ، فَذَهَبَ لِيَنُوءَ فَأُغْمِيَ عَلَيْهِ، ثُمَّ أَفَاقَ، فَقَالَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَصَلَّى النَّاسُ؟» قُلْنَا: لاَ، هُمْ يَنْتَظِرُونَكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «ضَعُوا لِي مَاءً فِي المِخْضَبِ» قَالَتْ: فَقَعَدَ فَاغْتَسَلَ، ثُمَّ ذَهَبَ لِيَنُوءَ فَأُغْمِيَ عَلَيْهِ، ثُمَّ أَفَاقَ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَلَّى النَّاسُ؟» قُلْنَا: لاَ، هُمْ يَنْتَظِرُونَكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَقَالَ: «ضَعُوا لِي مَاءً فِي المِخْضَبِ»، فَقَعَدَ، فَاغْتَسَلَ، ثُمَّ ذَهَبَ لِيَنُوءَ فَأُغْمِيَ عَلَيْهِ، ثُمَّ أَفَاقَ فَقَالَ: «أَصَلَّى النَّاسُ؟» فَقُلْنَا: لاَ، هُمْ يَنْتَظِرُونَكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، وَالنَّاسُ عُكُوفٌ فِي المَسْجِدِ، يَنْتَظِرُونَ النَّبِيَّ عَلَيْهِ السَّلاَمُ لِصَلاَةِ العِشَاءِ الآخِرَةِ، فَأَرْسَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ بِأَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ، فَأَتَاهُ الرَّسُولُ فَقَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَأْمُرُكَ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ، فَقَالَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ - وَكَانَ رَجُلًا رَقِيقًا -: يَا عُمَرُ صَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ عُمَرُ: أَنْتَ أَحَقُّ بِذَلِكَ، فَصَلَّى أَبُو بَكْرٍ تِلْكَ الأَيَّامَ، ثُمَّ إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَجَدَ مِنْ نَفْسِهِ خِفَّةً، فَخَرَجَ بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ أَحَدُهُمَا العَبَّاسُ لِصَلاَةِ الظُّهْرِ وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ، فَلَمَّا رَآهُ أَبُو بَكْرٍ ذَهَبَ لِيَتَأَخَّرَ، فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِأَنْ لاَ يَتَأَخَّرَ، قَالَ: أَجْلِسَانِي إِلَى جَنْبِهِ، فَأَجْلَسَاهُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، قَالَ: فَجَعَلَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي وَهُوَ يَأْتَمُّ بِصَلاَةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالنَّاسُ بِصَلاَةِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَاعِدٌ، قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ: فَدَخَلْتُ عَلَى عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: أَلاَ أَعْرِضُ عَلَيْكَ مَا حَدَّثَتْنِي عَائِشَةُ عَنْ مَرَضِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: هَاتِ، فَعَرَضْتُ عَلَيْهِ حَدِيثَهَا، فَمَا أَنْكَرَ مِنْهُ شَيْئًا غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: أَسَمَّتْ لَكَ الرَّجُلَ الَّذِي كَانَ مَعَ العَبَّاسِ قُلْتُ: لاَ، قَالَ: هُوَ عَلِيُّ بْنُ أَبِي طَالِبٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 687

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 687

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 688

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

688. Narrated 'Āishah رضي الله عنها, the Mother of the believers: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ, during his illness, offered Ṣalāt (prayer) at his house while sitting; whereas some people offered Ṣalāt behind him standing. The Prophet ﷺ beckoned them to sit down. On completion of the Ṣalāt, he said, "The Imām is to be followed: bow when he bows, raise up your heads (stand erect) when he raises up his head and when he says, 'Sami' Allāhu liman-ḥamidah (Allāh heard those who sent praises to Him) say then 'Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamd' (O our Lord! All the praises are for You), and if he (Imām) is (leading) the Ṣalāt in sitting position, you should also offer Ṣalāt like that."(1)

Arabic text

688 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ أُمِّ المُؤْمِنِينَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي بَيْتِهِ وَهُوَ شَاكٍ، فَصَلَّى جَالِسًا وَصَلَّى وَرَاءَهُ قَوْمٌ قِيَامًا، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِمْ أَنِ اجْلِسُوا، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا رَكَعَ، فَارْكَعُوا وَإِذَا رَفَعَ، فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا»

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.688) The provision of this Hadīth has been abrogated by the last action of the Prophet ﷺ [See Hadīth No.689 and Hadīth No.5658 - Vol.7 for taking the verdict].

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 688

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 688

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 689

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

689. Narrated Anas bin Mālik عَنْهُ: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُOnce Allāh's Messenger ﷺ rode a horse andfell down and the right side (of his body) wasinjured. He offered one of the Ṣalāt (prayers)while sitting and we also offered Ṣalāt behindhim sitting. When he completed the Ṣalāt, hesaid, "The Imām is to be followed. OfferṢalāt standing if he is offering the Ṣalātstanding and bow when he bows; raise upwhen he raises up and if he says, 'Sami'Allāhu liman hamidah, say then, 'Rabbanāwa lakal-hamd' and offer the Ṣalāt sitting (allof you) if he is offering the Ṣalāt sitting." Ḥumaidī said: The statement of theProphet ﷺ "Offer Ṣalāt sitting, if he(Imām) is offering the Ṣalāt sitting" wassaid in his former illness (during his early life)but later on the Prophet ﷺ offered Ṣalātsitting (in the last illness) and the peopleoffered Ṣalāt standing behind him and theProphet ﷺ did not order them to sit. So onehas to follow the last action of the Prophet ﷺ[Please see Hadīth No.5658].

Arabic text

689 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَكِبَ فَرَسًا، فَصُرِعَ عَنْهُ فَجُحِشَ شِقُّهُ الأَيْمَنُ، فَصَلَّى صَلاَةً مِنَ الصَّلَوَاتِ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، فَصَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ قُعُودًا، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا صَلَّى قَائِمًا، فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا، فَإِذَا رَكَعَ، فَارْكَعُوا وَإِذَا رَفَعَ، فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ، وَإِذَا صَلَّى قَائِمًا، فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا، فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا أَجْمَعُونَ " قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: قَالَ الحُمَيْدِيُّ: قَوْلُهُ: «إِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا» بهُوَ فِي مَرَضِهِ القَدِيمِ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَالِسًا، وَالنَّاسُ خَلْفَهُ قِيَامًا، لَمْ يَأْمُرْهُمْ بِالقُعُودِ، وَإِنَّمَا يُؤْخَذُ بِالْآخِرِ فَالْآخِرِ، مِنْ فِعْلِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 689

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 689

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 52

When should those who arebehind the Imām prostrate?

Hadith 690

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

690. Narrated Al-Barā' (and he was not aliar): When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said,"Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah" none of us bent his back (for prostrations) till the Prophet ﷺ prostrated and then we would prostrate after him.

Arabic text

690 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي البَرَاءُ - وَهُوَ غَيْرُ كَذُوبٍ -، قَالَ: " كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، لَمْ يَحْنِ أَحَدٌ مِنَّا ظَهْرَهُ، حَتَّى يَقَعَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ نَقَعُ سُجُودًا بَعْدَهُ " حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، نَحْوَهُ بِهَذَا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 690

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 690

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 53

The sin of the one who raises his head before the Imām (raises his head).

Hadith 691

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

691. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Isn't he who raises his head before the Imām afraid that Allāh may transform his head into that of a donkey? Or his figure (face) into that of a donkey?" [See Hadīth No.717 and its footnote].

Arabic text

691 - حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ مِنْهَالٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ، سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " أَمَا يَخْشَى أَحَدُكُمْ - أَوْ: لاَ يَخْشَى أَحَدُكُمْ - إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ قَبْلَ الإِمَامِ، أَنْ يَجْعَلَ اللَّهُ رَأْسَهُ رَأْسَ حِمَارٍ، أَوْ يَجْعَلَ اللَّهُ صُورَتَهُ صُورَةَ حِمَارٍ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 691

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 691

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 54

A slave or a manumitted slave can lead the Ṣalāt (prayer).

Hadith 692

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

692. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar رضي الله عنهما: When the earliest emigrants came to Al- 'Uṣba, a place in Qubā' before the arrival of the Prophet ﷺ, Sālim, the slave of Abū Ḥudhaifa, who knew the Qur'ān more than the others, used to lead them in Ṣalāt (prayer).

Arabic text

692 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ عِيَاضٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «لَمَّا قَدِمَ المُهَاجِرُونَ الأَوَّلُونَ العُصْبَةَ - مَوْضِعٌ بِقُبَاءٍ - قَبْلَ مَقْدَمِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَؤُمُّهُمْ سَالِمٌ مَوْلَى أَبِي حُذَيْفَةَ، وَكَانَ أَكْثَرَهُمْ قُرْآنًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 692

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 692

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 693

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

693. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Listen and obey (your chief) even if an Ethiopian whose head is like a raisin were made your chief."

Arabic text

693 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو التَّيَّاحِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «اسْمَعُوا وَأَطِيعُوا وَإِنِ اسْتُعْمِلَ حَبَشِيٌّ كَأَنَّ رَأْسَهُ زَبِيبَةٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 693

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 693

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 55

If the Imām does not offer the Ṣalāt (prayer) perfectly and the followers offer it perfectly.

Hadith 694

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

694. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "If they (Imām) lead the Ṣalāt (prayer) correctly then they and you will receive the rewards, but if they make a mistake (in the Ṣalāt), then you will receive the reward for the Ṣalāt and the sin will be theirs."

Arabic text

694 - حَدَّثَنَا الفَضْلُ بْنُ سَهْلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الحَسَنُ بْنُ مُوسَى الأَشْيَبُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «يُصَلُّونَ لَكُمْ، فَإِنْ أَصَابُوا فَلَكُمْ، وَإِنْ أَخْطَئُوا فَلَكُمْ وَعَلَيْهِمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 694

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 694

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 56

Offering prayers behind a man who is a victim of Al-Fitan (trials and afflictions) or a heretic.

Hadith 695

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

695. Narrated 'Ubaid-Ullāh bin Adī bin Khīyār : I went to 'Uthmān bin 'Affān رضي الله عنه عنه while he was besieged, and said to him, "You are the chief of all Muslims in general and you see what has befallen you. We are led in the Ṣalāt (prayer) by a leader of Al-Fitan (trials and afflictions etc.) and we are afraid of being sinful in following him." 'Uthmān said, "Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayers) is the best of all deeds so when the people do good deeds do the same with them and when they do bad deeds, avoid those bad deeds." Az-Zuhri said, "In our opinion one should not offer Ṣalāt behind an effeminate person unless there is no alternative."

Arabic text

695 - قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: وَقَالَ لَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الزُّهْرِيُّ، عَنْ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَدِيِّ بْنِ خِيَارٍ، أَنَّهُ دَخَلَ عَلَى عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَفَّانَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، - وَهُوَ مَحْصُورٌ - فَقَالَ: إِنَّكَ إِمَامُ عَامَّةٍ، وَنَزَلَ بِكَ مَا نَرَى، وَيُصَلِّي لَنَا إِمَامُ فِتْنَةٍ، وَنَتَحَرَّجُ؟ فَقَالَ: «الصَّلاَةُ أَحْسَنُ مَا يَعْمَلُ النَّاسُ، فَإِذَا أَحْسَنَ النَّاسُ، فَأَحْسِنْ مَعَهُمْ، وَإِذَا أَسَاءُوا فَاجْتَنِبْ إِسَاءَتَهُمْ» وَقَالَ الزُّبَيْدِيُّ، قَالَ: الزُّهْرِيُّ: «لاَ نَرَى أَنْ يُصَلَّى خَلْفَ المُخَنَّثِ إِلَّا مِنْ ضَرُورَةٍ لاَ بُدَّ مِنْهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 695

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 695

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 696

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

696. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said to Abū-Dhār, "Listen and obey (your chief) even if he is an Ethiopian with a head like a raisin."

Arabic text

696 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي التَّيَّاحِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِأَبِي ذَرٍّ: «اسْمَعْ وَأَطِعْ وَلَوْ لِحَبَشِيٍّ كَأَنَّ رَأْسَهُ زَبِيبَةٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 696

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 696

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 57

To stand on the right side of the Imām on the same line if only two persons (counting the Imām) are offering Ṣalāt (prayer) in congregation.

Hadith 697

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

697. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: Once I passed the night in the house of my aunt Maimūna. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ offered the 'Ishā' prayer and then came to the house and offered four Rak'ā prayers and slept. Later on, he woke up and stood for the Ṣalāt (prayer) and I stood on his left side. He drew me to his right and offered five Rak'ā and then two Rak'ā. He then slept till I heard him snoring (or heard his breath sounds). Afterwards he went out for the (morning) Ṣalāt (prayer).

Arabic text

697 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الحَكَمِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ سَعِيدَ بْنَ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: بِتُّ فِي بَيْتِ خَالَتِي مَيْمُونَةَ " فَصَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ العِشَاءَ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ، فَصَلَّى أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ، ثُمَّ نَامَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ، فَجِئْتُ، فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ فَجَعَلَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، فَصَلَّى خَمْسَ رَكَعَاتٍ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ نَامَ حَتَّى سَمِعْتُ غَطِيطَهُ - أَوْ قَالَ: خَطِيطَهُ - ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 697

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 697

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 58

If a man stood on the left side of the Imām and the Imām drew him to his right side, then the Ṣalāt of none of them would be invalid.

Hadith 698

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

698. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: One night I slept at the house of (my aunt) Maimūna and the Prophet ﷺ was there on that night. He performed ablution and stood up for the Ṣalāt (prayer). I joined him and stood on his left side but he drew me to his right and offered thirteen Rak'ā and then slept till I heard his breath sounds. And whenever he slept, he used to breathe with audible sounds. The Mu'adh-dhin came to the Prophet ﷺ and he went out and offered Ṣalāt (the morning prayer) without repeating the ablution.

Arabic text

698 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرٌو، عَنْ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مَخْرَمَةَ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: نِمْتُ عِنْدَ مَيْمُونَةَ وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عِنْدَهَا تِلْكَ اللَّيْلَةَ «فَتَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ يُصَلِّي، فَقُمْتُ عَلَى يَسَارِهِ، فَأَخَذَنِي، فَجَعَلَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، فَصَلَّى ثَلاَثَ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، ثُمَّ نَامَ حَتَّى نَفَخَ، وَكَانَ إِذَا نَامَ نَفَخَ، ثُمَّ أَتَاهُ المُؤَذِّنُ، فَخَرَجَ، فَصَلَّى وَلَمْ يَتَوَضَّأْ» قَالَ عَمْرٌو: فَحَدَّثْتُ بِهِ بُكَيْرًا، فَقَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي كُرَيْبٌ بِذَلِكَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 698

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 698

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 59

If the Imām has not had the intention of leading the prayer and then some persons join him and he leads them.

Hadith 699

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

699. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: Once I passed the night in the house of my aunt Maimūna. The Prophet ﷺ stood for the night prayer and I joined him and stood on his left side but he drew me to his right by holding me by the head.

Arabic text

699 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: بِتُّ عِنْدَ خَالَتِي «فَقَامَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، فَقُمْتُ أُصَلِّي مَعَهُ، فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَأَخَذَ بِرَأْسِي، فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 699

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 699

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 60

If the Imām prolongs the Ṣalāt (prayer) and somebody has an urgent work or need and so he leaves the congregation and offers Ṣalāt alone.

Hadith 700

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

700. Narrated Mu'ādḥ bin Jabal رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: I used to offer the 'Ishā prayer with the Prophet ﷺ and then go to lead my people in the prayer.

Arabic text

700 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: «أَنَّ مُعَاذَ بْنَ جَبَلٍ، كَانَ يُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُ، فَيَؤُمُّ قَوْمَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 700

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 700

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 701

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

701. Narrated 'Amr: Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ said, "Mu'ādḥ bin Jabal رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ used to offer Ṣalāt (prayer) with the Prophet ﷺ and then go to lead his people in Ṣalāt. Once he led the 'Ishā prayer and recited Sūrat Al-Baqarah. Somebody left the Ṣalāt and Mu'ādḥ criticized him. The news reached the Prophet ﷺ and he said to Mu'ādḥ, 'You are putting the people to trial,' and repeated it thrice (or said something similar) and ordered him to recite two medium Sūrah of Al-Muṣṣal."(1) ('Amr said that he had forgotten the names of those Sūrah).

Arabic text

701 - حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ مُعَاذُ بْنُ جَبَلٍ يُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُ، فَيَؤُمُّ قَوْمَهُ، فَصَلَّى العِشَاءَ، فَقَرَأَ بِالْبَقَرَةِ، فَانْصَرَفَ الرَّجُلُ، فَكَأَنَّ مُعَاذًا تَنَاوَلَ مِنْهُ، فَبَلَغَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «فَتَّانٌ، فَتَّانٌ، فَتَّانٌ» ثَلاَثَ مِرَارٍ - أَوْ قَالَ: «فَاتِنًا، فَاتِنًا، فَاتِنًا» - وَأَمَرَهُ بِسُورَتَيْنِ مِنْ أَوْسَطِ المُفَصَّلِ، قَالَ عَمْرٌو: لاَ أَحْفَظُهُمَا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 701

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 701

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 61

The shortening of the Qiyām (standing) by the Imām [in Ṣalāt (prayer)] but performing the bowings and the prostrations perfectly.

Hadith 702

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

702. Narrated Abū Mas'ūd رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: A man came and said, "O Allāh's Messenger! By Allāh, I keep away from the (early) morning prayer (Fajr prayer) only because so-and-so prolongs the Ṣalāt (prayer) when he leads us in it." The narrator said, "I never saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ more furious in giving advice than he was at that time. He ﷺ then said, "Some of you make people dislike good deeds (the Ṣalāt). So, whoever among you leads the people in Ṣalāt should shorten it because among them are the weak, the old and the one who is in a state that requires urgent relief."

Arabic text

702 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ قَيْسًا، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا، قَالَ: وَاللَّهِ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي لَأَتَأَخَّرُ عَنْ صَلاَةِ الغَدَاةِ مِنْ أَجْلِ فُلاَنٍ مِمَّا يُطِيلُ بِنَا، فَمَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي مَوْعِظَةٍ أَشَدَّ غَضَبًا مِنْهُ يَوْمَئِذٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّ مِنْكُمْ مُنَفِّرِينَ، فَأَيُّكُمْ مَا صَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ فَلْيَتَجَوَّزْ، فَإِنَّ فِيهِمُ الضَّعِيفَ وَالكَبِيرَ وَذَا الحَاجَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 702

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 702

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 62

When offering Ṣalāt (prayer) alone, one can prolong the Ṣalāt as much as one wishes.

Hadith 703

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

703. Narrated Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "If anyone of you leads the people in the Ṣalāt (prayer), he should shorten it, for amongst them are the weak, the sick and the old; and if anyone among you offer prayers alone then he may prolong (the prayer) as much as he wishes."

Arabic text

703 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ لِلنَّاسِ، فَلْيُخَفِّفْ، فَإِنَّ مِنْهُمُ الضَّعِيفَ وَالسَّقِيمَ وَالكَبِيرَ، وَإِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ لِنَفْسِهِ فَلْيُطَوِّلْ مَا شَاءَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 703

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 703

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 63

Complaining against one's Imām if he prolongs the prayer.

Hadith 704

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

704. Narrated Abū Mas'ūd رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: A man came and said, "O Allāh's Messenger! I keep away from the early morning prayer (Fajr prayer) because so-and-so (Imām) prolongs it too much." Allāh's Messenger ﷺ became furious and I had never seen him more furious than he was on that day. The Prophet ﷺ said, "O people! Some of you make others hate or dislike the good deeds [e.g., the Salāt (prayers etc.)] so whoever becomes an Imām he should shorten (the prayer), as behind him are the weak, the old and the one who is in a state that requires urgent relief.

Arabic text

704 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَجُلٌ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي لَأَتَأَخَّرُ عَنِ الصَّلاَةِ فِي الفَجْرِ مِمَّا يُطِيلُ بِنَا فُلاَنٌ فِيهَا، فَغَضِبَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مَا رَأَيْتُهُ غَضِبَ فِي مَوْضِعٍ كَانَ أَشَدَّ غَضَبًا مِنْهُ يَوْمَئِذٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ، إِنَّ مِنْكُمْ مُنَفِّرِينَ، فَمَنْ أَمَّ النَّاسَ فَلْيَتَجَوَّزْ، فَإِنَّ خَلْفَهُ الضَّعِيفَ وَالكَبِيرَ وَذَا الحَاجَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 704

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 704

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 705

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

705. Narrated Jābir bin 'Abdullāh Al-Anṣārī: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: Once a man was driving two Nādiha (camels used for agricultural purposes) and night had fallen. He found Mu'ādḥ offering Salāt (prayers) so he made his camel kneel and joined Mu'ādḥ in Salāt. The latter recited Sūrat Al-Baqarah or Sūrat An-Nisā, (so) the man left the Salāt and went away. When he came to know that Mu'ādḥ had criticised him, he went to the Prophet ﷺ and complained against Mu'ādḥ. The Prophet ﷺ said thrice, "O Mu'ādḥ! Are you putting the people to trial? It would have been better if you had recited Sabbih Isma Rabbikal-a'lā (Sūrah 87), Waṣh-Shamsi waḍu-ḥāhā (Sūrah 91), or Wal-laili Idhā yaghshā (Sūrah 92)", for the old, the weak and the one who is in a state that requires urgent relief offers Salāt behind you." Jābir said that Mu'ādḥ recited Sūrat Al-Baqarah in the 'Ishā' prayer.

Arabic text

705 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ بْنُ أَبِي إِيَاسٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَارِبُ بْنُ دِثَارٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الأَنْصَارِيَّ، قَالَ: أَقْبَلَ رَجُلٌ بِنَاضِحَيْنِ وَقَدْ جَنَحَ اللَّيْلُ، فَوَافَقَ مُعَاذًا يُصَلِّي، فَتَرَكَ نَاضِحَهُ وَأَقْبَلَ إِلَى مُعَاذٍ، فَقَرَأَ بِسُورَةِ البَقَرَةِ - أَوِ النِّسَاءِ - فَانْطَلَقَ الرَّجُلُ وَبَلَغَهُ أَنَّ مُعَاذًا نَالَ مِنْهُ، فَأَتَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَشَكَا إِلَيْهِ مُعَاذًا، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا مُعَاذُ، أَفَتَّانٌ أَنْتَ» - أَوْ «أَفَاتِنٌ» - ثَلاَثَ مِرَارٍ: «فَلَوْلاَ صَلَّيْتَ بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ، وَالشَّمْسِ وَضُحَاهَا، وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى، فَإِنَّهُ يُصَلِّي وَرَاءَكَ الكَبِيرُ وَالضَّعِيفُ وَذُو الحَاجَةِ» أَحْسِبُ هَذَا فِي الحَدِيثِ، قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: وَتَابَعَهُ سَعِيدُ بْنُ مَسْرُوقٍ ، وَمِسْعَرٌ، وَالشَّيْبَانِيُّ، قَالَ عَمْرٌو، وَعُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مِقْسَمٍ، وَأَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ: عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَرَأَ مُعَاذٌ فِي العِشَاءِ بِالْبَقَرَةِ، وَتَابَعَهُ الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ مُحَارِبٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 705

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 705

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 64

The shortening and perfection of the prayer (by the Imām).

Hadith 706

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

706. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ used to offer a short Salāt (prayer) (in congregation) but used to offer it in a perfect manner.

Arabic text

706 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَارِثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوجِزُ الصَّلاَةَ وَيُكْمِلُهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 706

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 706

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 65

Whoever cuts short As-Salāt (the prayer) on hearing the cries of a child.

Hadith 707

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

707. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Abī Qatāda: My father said, "The Prophet ﷺ said, 'When I stand for As-Salāt (the prayer), I intend to prolong it but on hearing the cries of a child, I cut it short, as I dislike to trouble the child's mother.'"

Arabic text

707 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا الوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنِّي لَأَقُومُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُطَوِّلَ فِيهَا، فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ، فَأَتَجَوَّزُ فِي صَلاَتِي كَرَاهِيَةَ أَنْ أَشُقَّ عَلَى أُمِّهِ» تَابَعَهُ بِشْرُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، وَابْنُ المُبَارَكِ، وَبَقِيَّةُ، عَنِ الأَوْزَاعِيِّ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 707

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 707

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 708

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

708. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: I never offered prayers behind any Imām a Salāt (prayer) lighter and more perfect than that behind the Prophet ﷺ; and he used to cut it short whenever he heard the cries of a child lest he should put the child's mother to trial.

Arabic text

708 - حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ بِلاَلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: «مَا صَلَّيْتُ وَرَاءَ إِمَامٍ قَطُّ أَخَفَّ صَلاَةً، وَلاَ أَتَمَّ مِنَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَإِنْ كَانَ لَيَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ، فَيُخَفِّفُ مَخَافَةَ أَنْ تُفْتَنَ أُمُّهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 708

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 708

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 709

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

709. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "When I start As-Salāt (the prayer) I intend to prolong it, but on hearing the cries of a child, I cut short the Salāt (prayer) because I know that the cries of the child will incite its mother's passions."

Arabic text

709 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، أَنَّ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، حَدَّثَهُ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنِّي لَأَدْخُلُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَأَنَا أُرِيدُ إِطَالَتَهَا، فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ، فَأَتَجَوَّزُ فِي صَلاَتِي مِمَّا أَعْلَمُ مِنْ شِدَّةِ وَجْدِ أُمِّهِ مِنْ بُكَائِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 709

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 709

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 710

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

710. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Whenever I start As-Salāt (the prayer) I intend to prolong it, but on hearing the cries of a child, I cut it short because I know that the cries of the child will incite its mother's passions."

Arabic text

710 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنِّي لَأَدْخُلُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ، فَأُرِيدُ إِطَالَتَهَا، فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ، فَأَتَجَوَّزُ مِمَّا أَعْلَمُ مِنْ شِدَّةِ وَجْدِ أُمِّهِ مِنْ بُكَائِهِ» وَقَالَ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسٌ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِثْلَهُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 710

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 710

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 66

If one offers Salāt (prayer) and then leads the people in Salāt.

Hadith 711

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

711. Narrated Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنه: Mu'ādḥ used to offer Salāt (prayer) with the Prophet ﷺ and then go and lead his people (tribe) in the Salāt.

Arabic text

711 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، وَأَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، قَالاَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «كَانَ مُعَاذٌ يُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ يَأْتِي قَوْمَهُ، فَيُصَلِّي بِهِمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 711

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 711

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 67

One who repeats the Takbīr (Allāhu Akbar) of the Imām so that the people may hear it.

Hadith 712

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

712. Narrated 'Aīshah رضي الله عنها: When the Prophet ﷺ became ill in his fatal illness, someone came to inform him about Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer), and the Prophet ﷺ told him to tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in the Ṣalāt (prayer). I said, "Abū Bakr is a soft-hearted man and if he stands for the Ṣalāt in your place, he would weep and would not be able to recite (the Qur'ān)." The Prophet ﷺ said, "Tell Abū Bakr to lead the Ṣalāt." I said the same as before. He ﷺ (repeated the same order and) on the third or the fourth time he said, "You (women) are the companions of Yūsūf (Joseph). Tell Abū Bakr to lead the Ṣalāt." So Abū Bakr led the Ṣalāt and meanwhile the Prophet ﷺ felt better and came out with the help of two men; as if I see him just now dragging his feet on the ground. When Abū Bakr saw him, he tried to retreat but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned him to carry on. Abū Bakr ﷺ retreated a bit and the Prophet ﷺ sat on his (left) side. Abū Bakr was repeating the Takbīr (Allāhu Akbar) of Allāh's Messenger for the people to hear.

Arabic text

712 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: لَمَّا مَرِضَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَضَهُ الَّذِي مَاتَ فِيهِ أَتَاهُ بِلاَلٌ يُوذِنُهُ بِالصَّلاَةِ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ»، قُلْتُ: إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ رَجُلٌ أَسِيفٌ إِنْ يَقُمْ مَقَامَكَ يَبْكِي، فَلاَ يَقْدِرُ عَلَى القِرَاءَةِ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ»، فَقُلْتُ: مِثْلَهُ، فَقَالَ فِي الثَّالِثَةِ أَوِ الرَّابِعَةِ: «إِنَّكُنَّ صَوَاحِبُ يُوسُفَ، مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ»، فَصَلَّى وَخَرَجَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُهَادَى بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ كَأَنِّي أَنْظُرُ إِلَيْهِ يَخُطُّ بِرِجْلَيْهِ الأَرْضَ، فَلَمَّا رَآهُ أَبُو بَكْرٍ ذَهَبَ يَتَأَخَّرُ، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ أَنْ صَلِّ، فَتَأَخَّرَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، وَقَعَدَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ، وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ يُسْمِعُ النَّاسَ التَّكْبِيرَ تَابَعَهُ مُحَاضِرٌ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 712

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 712

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 68

If a person follows the Imām and the others follow that person (then it is all right).

Hadith 713

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

713. Narrated 'Aīshah رضي الله عنها: When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ became seriously ill, Bilāl came to inform him about Ṣalāt (prayer). He ﷺ said, "Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in the Ṣalāt." I said, "O Allāh's Messenger! Abū Bakr is a soft- hearted man and if he stands in your place, he would not be able to make the people hear him. Will you order 'Umar (to lead the Salāt)?" The Prophet ﷺ said, "Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in the Salāt." Then I said to Ḥafsa, "Tell him, Abū Bakr is a soft-hearted man and if he stands in his place, he would not be able to make the people hear him. Would you order 'Umar to lead the Salāt (prayer)?" Ḥafsa did so. The Prophet ﷺ said, "Indeed you (women) are the companions of Yūsuf (Joseph). Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in the Salāt (prayer)." So Abū Bakr stood for the Salāt (prayer). In the meantime Allāh's Messenger ﷺ felt better and came out with the help of two persons; and both of his legs were dragging on the ground till he entered the mosque. When Abū Bakr heard him coming, he tried to retreat but Allāh's Messenger ﷺ beckoned him (to carry on). So, the Prophet ﷺ came and sat by the left side of Abu Bakr. Abū Bakr was offering Salāt (prayer) while standing and Allāh's Messenger was leading the Salāt (prayer) while sitting. Abū Bakr was following the Prophet ﷺ and the people were following Abū Bakr [in the Salāt (prayer)].

Arabic text

713 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: لَمَّا ثَقُلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَاءَ بِلاَلٌ يُوذِنُهُ بِالصَّلاَةِ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ»، فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ رَجُلٌ أَسِيفٌ وَإِنَّهُ مَتَى مَا يَقُمْ مَقَامَكَ لاَ يُسْمِعُ النَّاسَ، فَلَوْ أَمَرْتَ عُمَرَ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ» فَقُلْتُ لِحَفْصَةَ: قُولِي لَهُ: إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ رَجُلٌ أَسِيفٌ، وَإِنَّهُ مَتَى يَقُمْ مَقَامَكَ لاَ يُسْمِعُ النَّاسَ، فَلَوْ أَمَرْتَ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّكُنَّ لَأَنْتُنَّ صَوَاحِبُ يُوسُفَ، مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ» فَلَمَّا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي نَفْسِهِ خِفَّةً، فَقَامَ يُهَادَى بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ، وَرِجْلاَهُ يَخُطَّانِ فِي الأَرْضِ، حَتَّى دَخَلَ المَسْجِدَ، فَلَمَّا سَمِعَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ حِسَّهُ، ذَهَبَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَتَأَخَّرُ، فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَجَاءَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى جَلَسَ عَنْ يَسَارِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي قَائِمًا، وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي قَاعِدًا، يَقْتَدِي أَبُو بَكْرٍ بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالنَّاسُ مُقْتَدُونَ بِصَلاَةِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 713

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 713

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 69

Can the Imām depend on the people's saying if he is in doubt (about a certain matter)?

Hadith 714

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

714. Narrated Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: Once Allāh's Messenger ﷺ offered two Rak'ā (instead of four) and finished his prayer. Dhul-Yadain asked him whether the (number of Rak'ā in the) Salāt has been reduced or he had forgotten? Allāh's Messenger ﷺ asked the people whether Dhul-Yadain was telling the truth. The people replied in the affirmative. Then Allāh's Messenger ﷺ stood up, offered the remaining two Rak'ā and then finished his Ṣalāt with Taslīm and then said 'Allāhu Akbar' and performed two prostrations (of Sahw) like ordinary prostrations or a bit longer.

Arabic text

714 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ بْنِ أَبِي تَمِيمَةَ السَّخْتِيَانِيِّ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ انْصَرَفَ مِنَ اثْنَتَيْنِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ ذُو اليَدَيْنِ: أَقَصُرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، أَمْ نَسِيتَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَصَدَقَ ذُو اليَدَيْنِ» فَقَالَ النَّاسُ: نَعَمْ، فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَصَلَّى اثْنَتَيْنِ أُخْرَيَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ، فَسَجَدَ مِثْلَ سُجُودِهِ أَوْ أَطْوَلَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 714

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 714

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 715

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

715. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ offered two Rak'ā of Zuhr prayer (instead of four) and he was told that he had offered two Rak'ā only. Then he offered two more Rak'ā and finished them with the Taslīm followed by two prostrations (of Sahw).

Arabic text

715 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: " صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَقِيلَ: صَلَّيْتَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 715

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 715

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 70

If the Imām weeps in Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayers) (will his Ṣalāt be valid)?

Hadith 716

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

716. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: the Mother of the faithful believers: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ in his last illness said, "Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in the Ṣalāt (prayer)." I said, "If Abū Bakr stood in your place, he would not be able to make the people hear him because of (his) weeping. So please order 'Umar to lead the people in the Ṣalāt." He said, "Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer)." I said to Ḥafṣa, "Say to him, 'Abū Bakr is a soft- hearted man and if he stood in your place he would not be able to make the people hear him because of (his) weeping. So, order 'Umar to lead the people in the Salāt." Hāfša did so but Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Māh (stop or keep quiet). Indeed you (women) are the companions of (Prophet) Yūsuf (Joseph). Tell Abū Bakr to lead the people in the prayer." Hāfša said to me, "I never got any good from you."

Arabic text

716 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ أُمِّ المُؤْمِنِينَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ فِي مَرَضِهِ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ» قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: قُلْتُ: إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ إِذَا قَامَ فِي مَقَامِكَ لَمْ يُسْمِعِ النَّاسَ مِنَ البُكَاءِ، فَمُرْ عُمَرَ فَلْيُصَلِّ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ لِلنَّاسِ» قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ لِحَفْصَةَ: قُولِي لَهُ: إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ إِذَا قَامَ فِي مَقَامِكَ لَمْ يُسْمِعِ النَّاسَ مِنَ البُكَاءِ، فَمُرْ عُمَرَ فَلْيُصَلِّ لِلنَّاسِ، فَفَعَلَتْ حَفْصَةُ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَهْ إِنَّكُنَّ لَأَنْتُنَّ صَوَاحِبُ يُوسُفَ، مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ، فَلْيُصَلِّ لِلنَّاسِ» قَالَتْ حَفْصَةُ لِعَائِشَةَ: مَا كُنْتُ لِأُصِيبَ مِنْكِ خَيْرًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 716

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 716

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 71

Straightening the rows at the time of Iqāma and after it (immediately).

Hadith 717

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

717. Narrated An-Nu'mān bin 'Bashīr: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Straighten your rows or Allāh will alter your faces."(1) (See Hadīth No. 691)

Arabic text

717 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ هِشَامُ بْنُ عَبْدِ المَلِكِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ مُرَّةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ سَالِمَ بْنَ أَبِي الجَعْدِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النُّعْمَانَ بْنَ بَشِيرٍ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَتُسَوُّنَّ صُفُوفَكُمْ، أَوْ لَيُخَالِفَنَّ اللَّهُ بَيْنَ وُجُوهِكُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 717

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 717

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 718

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

718. Narrated Anas: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Straighten your rows, for I see you from behind my back."

Arabic text

718 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَارِثِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ العَزِيزِ بْنِ صُهَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَقِيمُوا الصُّفُوفَ، فَإِنِّي أَرَاكُمْ خَلْفَ ظَهْرِي»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 718

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 718

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 72

Facing of the Imām towards

Hadith 719

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

719. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: Once the Iqāma was pronounced and Allāh's Messenger ﷺ faced us and said, "Straighten your rows and stand closer together, for I see you from behind my back."

Arabic text

719 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ ابْنُ أَبِي رَجَاءٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ الطَّوِيلُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَأَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِوَجْهِهِ، فَقَالَ: «أَقِيمُوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، وَتَرَاصُّوا، فَإِنِّي أَرَاكُمْ مِنْ وَرَاءِ ظَهْرِي»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 719

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 719

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 73

The first row.

Hadith 720

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

720. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Martyrs are those who die because of drowning, plague, an abdominal disease, or of being buried alive by a falling building."

Arabic text

720 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " الشُّهَدَاءُ: الغَرِقُ، وَالمَطْعُونُ، وَالمَبْطُونُ، وَالهَدِمُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 720

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 720

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 721

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

721. And then he added, "If the people knew (the reward for) the Zuhr prayer in its early time, they would race for it. If they knew (the reward for) the Ishā and the Fajr prayers in congregation, they would join them even if they had to crawl. If they knew (the reward for) the first row, they would draw lots for it."

Arabic text

721 - وَقَالَ: «وَلَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي التَّهْجِيرِ لاَسْتَبَقُوا، وَلَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي العَتَمَةِ وَالصُّبْحِ، لَأَتَوْهُمَا وَلَوْ حَبْوًا، وَلَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي الصَّفِّ المُقَدَّمِ لاَسْتَهَمُوا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 721

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 721

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 74

The straightening of the rows is amongst those obligatory and good things which make your Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) a correct and perfect one.

Hadith 722

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

722. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "The Imām is (appointed) to be followed. So do not differ from him, bow when he bows, and say 'Rabbanā lakal ḥamd' if he says 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida’; and if he prostrates, prostrate (after him), and if he offers Ṣalāt (prayer) sitting, offer Ṣalāt sitting all together, and straighten the rows for Ṣalāt, as the straightening of the rows is amongst those things which make your Ṣalāt a correct and perfect one.” (See Hadīth No.717).

Arabic text

722 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ هَمَّامِ بْنِ مُنَبِّهٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَلاَ تَخْتَلِفُوا عَلَيْهِ، فَإِذَا رَكَعَ، فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا لَكَ الحَمْدُ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا، فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا أَجْمَعُونَ، وَأَقِيمُوا الصَّفَّ فِي الصَّلاَةِ، فَإِنَّ إِقَامَةَ الصَّفِّ مِنْ حُسْنِ الصَّلاَةِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 722

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 722

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 723

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

723. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The Prophet ﷺ said, “Straighten your rows as the straightening of rows is essential for Iqāmat-āṣ-Ṣalāt (a perfect and correct prayer).”

Arabic text

723 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: « سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، فَإِنَّ تَسْوِيَةَ الصُّفُوفِ مِنْ إِقَامَةِ الصَّلاَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 723

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 723

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 75

The sin of a person who does not complete the rows (who is out of alignment) for the prayer.

Hadith 724

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

724. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: I arrived at Al-Madīna and was asked whether I found any change since the days of Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ I said, “I have not found any change except that you do not straighten the rows for the Ṣalāt (prayer) (i.e., you do not stand in alignment in your Ṣalāt).”

Arabic text

724 - حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا الفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الطَّائِيُّ، عَنْ بُشَيْرِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ الأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّهُ قَدِمَ المَدِينَةَ فَقِيلَ لَهُ: مَا أَنْكَرْتَ مِنَّا مُنْذُ يَوْمِ عَهِدْتَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: «مَا أَنْكَرْتُ شَيْئًا إِلَّا أَنَّكُمْ لاَ تُقِيمُونَ الصُّفُوفَ» وَقَالَ عُقْبَةُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ: عَنْ بُشَيْرِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، قَدِمَ عَلَيْنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ المَدِينَةَ بِهَذَا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 724

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 724

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 76

To stand shoulder to shoulder and foot to foot in the row.

Hadith 725

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

725. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Straighten your rows for I see you from behind my back." Anas added, "Everyone of us used to put his shoulder with the shoulder of his companion and his foot with the foot of his companion."

Arabic text

725 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ خَالِدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَقِيمُوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، فَإِنِّي أَرَاكُمْ مِنْ وَرَاءِ ظَهْرِي، وَكَانَ أَحَدُنَا يُلْزِقُ مَنْكِبَهُ بِمَنْكِبِ صَاحِبِهِ، وَقَدَمَهُ بِقَدَمِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 725

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 725

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 77

If a person stands by the left side of the Imām, and the Imām draws him to the right from behind, his Ṣalāt (prayer) is correct.

Hadith 726

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

726. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: I offered Ṣalāt (prayer) with the Prophet ﷺ one night and stood on his left side. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ caught hold of my head from behind and drew me to his right and then offered the Ṣalāt and slept. Later the Mu'adh-dhīn came and the Prophet ﷺ stood up for Ṣalāt without performing ablution.

Arabic text

726 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ، فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَأَخَذَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِرَأْسِي مِنْ وَرَائِي، فَجَعَلَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، فَصَلَّى وَرَقَدَ، فَجَاءَهُ المُؤَذِّنُ، فَقَامَ وَصَلَّى وَلَمْ يَتَوَضَّأْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 726

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 726

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 78

One woman can form a row.

Hadith 727

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

727. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: One night an orphan and I offered the prayers behind the Prophet ﷺ in my house and my mother (Umm Sulaim) was standing behind us (by herself forming a row).

Arabic text

727 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُ أَنَا وَيَتِيمٌ، فِي بَيْتِنَا خَلْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأُمِّي أُمُّ سُلَيْمٍ خَلْفَنَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 727

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 727

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 79

The right side of the mosque and the place to the right of the Imām.

Hadith 728

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

728. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: One night I stood to the left of the Prophet ﷺ in the Ṣalāt (prayer) but he caught hold of me by the hand or by the shoulder (arm) till he made me stand on his right and beckoned with his hand (for me) to go from behind (him). (Al-Kaṣhmahinī-Fath Al-Bārī).

Arabic text

728 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا ثَابِتُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ، عَنِ الشَّعْبِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «قُمْتُ لَيْلَةً أُصَلِّي عَنْ يَسَارِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَخَذَ بِيَدِي - أَوْ بِعَضُدِي - حَتَّى أَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَقَالَ بِيَدِهِ مِنْ وَرَائِي»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 728

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 728

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 80

If there is a wall or a Sutra between the Imām and followers.

Hadith 729

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

729. Narrated 'Aīshah رضي الله عنها: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to offer Ṣalāt (prayer) in his room at night. As the wall of the room was short (low), the people saw him and some of them stood up to follow him in the Ṣalāt (prayer). In the morning they spread the news. The following night the Prophet ﷺ stood for the Ṣalāt (prayer) and the people followed him. This went on for two or three nights. Thereupon Allāh's Messenger ﷺ did not stand for the Ṣalāt (prayer) the following night, and did not come out. In the morning, the people asked him about it. He ﷺ replied, that he was afraid that the night prayer might become compulsory.

Arabic text

729 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلاَمٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدَةُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ الأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ فِي حُجْرَتِهِ، وَجِدَارُ الحُجْرَةِ قَصِيرٌ، فَرَأَى النَّاسُ شَخْصَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَامَ أُنَاسٌ يُصَلُّونَ بِصَلاَتِهِ، فَأَصْبَحُوا فَتَحَدَّثُوا بِذَلِكَ، فَقَامَ اللَّيْلَةَ الثَّانِيَةَ، فَقَامَ مَعَهُ أُنَاسٌ يُصَلُّونَ بِصَلاَتِهِ، صَنَعُوا ذَلِكَ لَيْلَتَيْنِ - أَوْ ثَلاَثًا - حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ، جَلَسَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمْ يَخْرُجْ، فَلَمَّا أَصْبَحَ ذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ النَّاسُ فَقَالَ: «إِنِّي خَشِيتُ أَنْ تُكْتَبَ عَلَيْكُمْ صَلاَةُ اللَّيْلِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 729

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 729

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 81

The night prayer.

Hadith 730

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

730. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: The Prophet ﷺ had a mat which he used to spread during the day and use as a curtain at night. So a number of people gathered at night facing it and offered Ṣalāt (prayer) behind him.

Arabic text

730 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ المَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ لَهُ حَصِيرٌ، يَبْسُطُهُ بِالنَّهَارِ، وَيَحْتَجِرُهُ بِاللَّيْلِ، فَثَابَ إِلَيْهِ نَاسٌ، فَصَلَّوْا وَرَاءَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 730

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 730

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 731

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

731. Narrated Zaid bin Thâbit رضي الله عنه: Allah's Messenger ﷺ made a small room in the month of Ramaḍān (Sa'īd said, "I think that Zaid bin Thâbit said that it was made of a mat,") and he offered Ṣalāt (prayer) there for a few nights, and so some of his Companions offered prayers behind him. When he came to know about it, he kept on sitting. In the morning, he went out to them and said, "I have seen and understood what you did. O people, you should offer Ṣalāt (prayer) in your houses, for the best Ṣalāt (prayer) of a person is that which he offers in his house except the compulsory congregational Ṣalāt (prayer)." [Chapters about the characteristics of the Ṣalāt (prayer)].

Arabic text

731 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى بْنُ حَمَّادٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ بُسْرِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ اتَّخَذَ حُجْرَةً - قَالَ: حَسِبْتُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ مِنْ حَصِيرٍ - فِي رَمَضَانَ، فَصَلَّى فِيهَا لَيَالِيَ، فَصَلَّى بِصَلاَتِهِ نَاسٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ، فَلَمَّا عَلِمَ بِهِمْ جَعَلَ يَقْعُدُ، فَخَرَجَ إِلَيْهِمْ فَقَالَ: «قَدْ عَرَفْتُ الَّذِي رَأَيْتُ مِنْ صَنِيعِكُمْ، فَصَلُّوا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ فِي بُيُوتِكُمْ، فَإِنَّ أَفْضَلَ الصَّلاَةِ صَلاَةُ المَرْءِ فِي بَيْتِهِ إِلَّا المَكْتُوبَةَ» قَالَ عَفَّانُ: حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى، سَمِعْتُ أَبَا النَّضْرِ، عَنْ بُسْرٍ، عَنْ زَيْدٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَبْوَابُ صِفَةِ الصَّلاَةِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 731

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 731

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 82

The necessity of saying the Takbīr, i.e., Allahū Akbar (Allāh is the Most Great) and the commencement of Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer).

Hadith 732

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

732. Narrated Anas bin Mālik Al-Anṣārī: رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ rode a horse and fell down and the right side of his body was injured. On that day he offered one of the Ṣalāt (prayers) sitting and we also offered Ṣalāt behind him sitting. When the Prophet ﷺ finished the Ṣalāt with Taslīm, he said, "The Imām is to be followed(1) and if he offers Ṣalāt standing then pray standing, and bow when he bows, and raise your heads when he raises his head; prostrate when he prostrates; and if he says 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida, you should say 'Rabbanā wa lakal ḥamd.'"

Arabic text

732 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ الأَنْصَارِيُّ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَكِبَ فَرَسًا فَجُحِشَ شِقُّهُ الأَيْمَنُ - قَالَ أَنَسٌ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ - فَصَلَّى لَنَا يَوْمَئِذٍ صَلاَةً مِنَ الصَّلَوَاتِ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، فَصَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ قُعُودًا، ثُمَّ قَالَ لَمَّا سَلَّمَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 732

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 732

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 733

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

733. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ fell from a horse and got injured, so he led the Ṣalāt (prayer) sitting and we also offered Ṣalāt sitting. When he completed the Ṣalāt he said, "The Imām is to be followed; if he says Takbīr then say Takbīr, bow if he bows; raise your heads when he raises his head, when he says, 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida, say 'Rabbanā lakal ḥamd', and prostrate when he prostrates."(2)

Arabic text

733 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا لَيْثٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: خَرَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ فَرَسٍ، فَجُحِشَ، فَصَلَّى لَنَا قَاعِدًا فَصَلَّيْنَا مَعَهُ قُعُودًا، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ، فَقَالَ: " إِنَّمَا الإِمَامُ - أَوْ إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ - لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا لَكَ الحَمْدُ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا "

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.732) See Aḥādīth Nos.689 and 5658 for taking the verdict as being the last action of the Prophet. (The Prophet ﷺ, led the Ṣalāt (prayer) while sitting and the Muslims followed him while they were standing.

2 (2) (H.733) See the F.N. No.1.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 733

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 733

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 734

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

734. Narrated AbU Hurairah i The Prophet said, "The Imãni is to be followed. Say the Takbir when he says it; bow if he bows; if he says 'Sami' Allahti liman hamida', say 'Rabband wa lakal-hamd', prostrate if he prostrates and pray sitting altogether if he offers the Salat sitting." (See the footnote of Hadith No. 732)

Arabic text

734 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا ، وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا أَجْمَعُونَ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 734

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 734

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 83

To raise both hands on saying the first Takbīr simultaneously with opening the Ṣalāt (prayer).

Hadith 735

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

735. Narrated Sālim bin 'Abdullāh: My father said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to raise both his hands up to the level of his shoulders when opening Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer); and on saying the Takbīr for bowing. And on raising up his head from bowing he used to do the same and then say 'Samī' Allāhu liman ḥamida, Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamd.' And he did not do that (i.e., raising his hands) in prostrations."

Arabic text

735 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ: " أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلاَةَ، وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ لِلرُّكُوعِ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، رَفَعَهُمَا كَذَلِكَ أَيْضًا، وَقَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ، وَكَانَ لاَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي السُّجُودِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 735

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 735

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 84

To raise both hands while saying Takbīr [on opening Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer)], and while bowing and on raising up the head (after bowing).

Hadith 736

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

736. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنه: I saw that whenever Allāh's Messenger ﷺ stood for the Salāt (prayer), he used to raise both his hands up to the shoulders, and used to do the same on saying the Takbīr for bowing and on raising up his head from it and used to say 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida.' But he did not do that (i.e., raising his hands) in prostrations.

Arabic text

736 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُقَاتِلٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا يُونُسُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، أَخْبَرَنِي سَالِمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: " رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَامَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يَكُونَا حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَكَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ حِينَ يُكَبِّرُ لِلرُّكُوعِ، وَيَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، وَيَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، وَلاَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي السُّجُودِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 736

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 736

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 737

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

737. Narrated Abū Qilāba: I saw Mālik bin Huwairith رضي الله عنه saying Takbīr and raising both his hands [on starting Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer)] and raising his hands on bowing and also on raising up his head after bowing. Mālik bin Huwairith said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ did the same."

Arabic text

737 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ الوَاسِطِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى مَالِكَ بْنَ الحُوَيْرِثِ «إِذَا صَلَّى كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ»، وَحَدَّثَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَنَعَ هَكَذَا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 737

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 737

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 85

To what level should one raise one's hands?

Hadith 738

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

738. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهم: I saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ opening Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) with the Takbīr and raising his hands to the level of his shoulders at the time of saying the Takbīr, and on saying the Takbīr for bowing he did the same; and when he said 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida', he did the same and then said, Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamd. But he did not do the same on prostrating and on raising up the head from it.

Arabic text

738 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا سَالِمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: " رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ افْتَتَحَ التَّكْبِيرَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ، فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حِينَ يُكَبِّرُ حَتَّى يَجْعَلَهُمَا حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ لِلرُّكُوعِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَهُ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَعَلَ مِثْلَهُ، وَقَالَ: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ، وَلاَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ حِينَ يَسْجُدُ، وَلاَ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 738

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 738

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 86

To raise one's hands after finishing the second Rak'ā (on standing for the third Rak'ā).

Hadith 739

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

739. Narrated Nāfi': Whenever Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما started Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) with Takbīr, he used to raise his hands, whenever he bowed, he used to raise his hands (before bowing) and also used to raise his hands on saying 'Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida, and he used to do the same on rising from the second Rak'ā (for the third Rak'ā). Ibn 'Umar said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to do the same."

Arabic text

739 - حَدَّثَنَا عَيَّاشٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، كَانَ " إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ "، وَرَفَعَ ذَلِكَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ إِلَى نَبِيِّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَوَاهُ حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَرَوَاهُ ابْنُ طَهْمَانَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، وَمُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ مُخْتَصَرًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 739

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 739

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 87

To place the right hand on the left [in Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayers)].

Hadith 740

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

740. Narrated Saḥl bin Sa'd رضي الله عنه: The people were ordered to place the right hand on the left forearm in Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer). Abū Ḥāzim said, "I knew that the order was from the Prophet ﷺ."

Arabic text

740 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّاسُ يُؤْمَرُونَ أَنْ يَضَعَ الرَّجُلُ اليَدَ اليُمْنَى عَلَى ذِرَاعِهِ اليُسْرَى فِي الصَّلاَةِ» قَالَ أَبُو حَازِمٍ لاَ أَعْلَمُهُ إِلَّا يَنْمِي ذَلِكَ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ إِسْمَاعِيلُ: يُنْمَى ذَلِكَ وَلَمْ يَقُلْ يَنْمِي

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 740

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 740

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 88

Submissiveness in As-Salāt(the prayer).

Hadith 741

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

741. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "You see me facing the Qiblah; but, by Allāh, nothing is hidden from me regarding your bowings and submissiveness; and I see you from behind my back".

Arabic text

741 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «هَلْ تَرَوْنَ قِبْلَتِي هَا هُنَا، وَاللَّهِ مَا يَخْفَى عَلَيَّ رُكُوعُكُمْ وَلاَ خُشُوعُكُمْ، وَإِنِّي لأَرَاكُمْ وَرَاءَ ظَهْرِي»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 741

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 741

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 742

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

742. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Perform the bowing and the prostrations properly in a correct and perfect way. By Allāh, I see you from behind me (or from behind my back) when you bow or prostrate."

Arabic text

742 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " أَقِيمُوا الرُّكُوعَ وَالسُّجُودَ فَوَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي لَأَرَاكُمْ مِنْ بَعْدِي - وَرُبَّمَا قَالَ: مِنْ بَعْدِ ظَهْرِي - إِذَا رَكَعْتُمْ وَسَجَدْتُمْ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 742

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 742

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 89

What to say after theTakbir.

Hadith 743

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

743. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ, Abū Bakr and 'Umar رضي الله عنهما used to start As-Salāt (the prayer) with "Al-ḥamdu lillāhi Rabbil-'ālamīn (All praises and thanks be to Allāh the Lord of the 'Ālamīn (mankind, jinn and all that exists))."

Arabic text

743 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ: " أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَبَا بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا كَانُوا يَفْتَتِحُونَ الصَّلاَةَ بِ {الحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ العَالَمِينَ} [الفاتحة: 2] "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 743

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 743

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 744

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

744. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to keep silent between the Takbīr and the recitation of the Qur'an (Surat Al-Fātiḥa) and that interval of silence used to be a short one. I said to the Prophet ﷺ, "May my parents be sacrificed for you! What do you say in the pause between Takbīr and recitation?" The Prophet ﷺ said, "I say, 'Allāhumma, bā'id baini wa baina khaṭāyāya kamā bā'adta bainal-maṣṛiqi wal-maḡhrib. Allāhumma, naqqini min khaṭāyāya kamā yunaqqa-athth-thawbul-abyaḍu minad-danas. Allāhumma, aghsil khaṭāyāya bil mā'i wa th-thalji wal barad [O Allāh! Set me apart from my sins (faults) as the east and west are set apart from each other and clean me from sins as a white garment is cleaned of dirt (after thorough washing). O Allāh! Wash off my sins with water, snow and hail.]"

Arabic text

744 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَارَةُ بْنُ القَعْقَاعِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو زُرْعَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْكُتُ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَبَيْنَ القِرَاءَةِ إِسْكَاتَةً - قَالَ أَحْسِبُهُ قَالَ: هُنَيَّةً - فَقُلْتُ: بِأَبِي وَأُمِّي يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِسْكَاتُكَ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالقِرَاءَةِ مَا تَقُولُ؟ قَالَ: " أَقُولُ: اللَّهُمَّ بَاعِدْ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ خَطَايَايَ، كَمَا بَاعَدْتَ بَيْنَ المَشْرِقِ وَالمَغْرِبِ، اللَّهُمَّ نَقِّنِي مِنَ الخَطَايَا كَمَا يُنَقَّى الثَّوْبُ الأَبْيَضُ مِنَ الدَّنَسِ، اللَّهُمَّ اغْسِلْ خَطَايَايَ بِالْمَاءِ وَالثَّلْجِ وَالبَرَدِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 744

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 744

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 90

Untitled chapter

Hadith 745

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

745. Narrated Asmā' bint Abi Bakr رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ once offered the eclipse Ṣalāt (prayer). He stood for a long time and then did a prolonged bowing. He stood up straight again and kept on standing for a long time, then bowed a long bowing and then stood up straight, and then prostrated a prolonged prostration and then lifted his head and prostrated a prolonged prostration. And then he stood up for a long time, and then did a prolonged bowing and then stood up straight again, and kept on standing for a long time. Then he bowed a long bowing and then stood up straight and then prostrated a prolonged prostration and then lifted his head and went for a prolonged prostration. On completion of the Ṣalāt, he said, "Paradise became so near to me that if I had dared, I would have plucked one of its bunches for you, and Hell became so near to me that I said, 'O my Lord, will I be among those people?' Then suddenly I saw a woman; and a cat was lacerating her with its claws. On enquiring, it was said that the woman had imprisoned the cat till it died of starvation, and she neither fed it nor freed it so that it could feed itself from the insects, vermin and creatures of earth." [See Hadīth No.3318, Vol.4]

Arabic text

745 - حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا نَافِعُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ أَسْمَاءَ بِنْتِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى صَلاَةَ الكُسُوفِ، فَقَامَ فَأَطَالَ القِيَامَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَأَطَالَ القِيَامَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ، فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ، فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ، فَأَطَالَ القِيَامَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ فَأَطَالَ القِيَامَ ثُمَّ رَكَعَ، فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، فَسَجَدَ، فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ، فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ، فَقَالَ: " قَدْ دَنَتْ مِنِّي الجَنَّةُ، حَتَّى لَوِ اجْتَرَأْتُ عَلَيْهَا، لَجِئْتُكُمْ بِقِطَافٍ مِنْ قِطَافِهَا، وَدَنَتْ مِنِّي النَّارُ حَتَّى قُلْتُ: أَيْ رَبِّ، وَأَنَا مَعَهُمْ؟ فَإِذَا امْرَأَةٌ - حَسِبْتُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ - تَخْدِشُهَا هِرَّةٌ، قُلْتُ: مَا شَأْنُ هَذِهِ؟ قَالُوا: حَبَسَتْهَا حَتَّى مَاتَتْ جُوعًا، لاَ أَطْعَمَتْهَا ، وَلاَ أَرْسَلَتْهَا تَأْكُلُ - قَالَ نَافِعٌ: حَسِبْتُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: مِنْ خَشِيشِ - أَوْ خَشَاشِ الأَرْضِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 745

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 745

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 91

To cast a look at the Imām during Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer).

Hadith 746

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

746. Narrated Abū Ma'mar: We asked Khabbāb رضي الله عنه whether Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to recite (the Qur'an) in the Zuhr and the Aṣr prayers. He replied in the affirmative. We said, "How did you come to know about it?" He said, "By the movement of his beard."

Arabic text

746 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَاحِدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْنَا لِخَبَّابٍ أَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالعَصْرِ؟، قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قُلْنَا: بِمَ كُنْتُمْ تَعْرِفُونَ ذَاكَ؟ قَالَ: «بِاضْطِرَابِ لِحْيَتِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 746

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 746

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 747

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

747. Narated Al-Barā' (And Al-Barā' رضي الله عنه was not a liar): Whenever we offered Salāt (prayer) with the Prophet ﷺ and he raised up his head from the bowing, we used to remain standing till we saw him prostrating.

Arabic text

747 - حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ يَزِيدَ، يَخْطُبُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا البَرَاءُ - وَكَانَ غَيْرَ كَذُوبٍ - أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا «إِذَا صَلَّوْا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ قَامُوا قِيَامًا حَتَّى يَرَوْنَهُ قَدْ سَجَدَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 747

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 747

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 748

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

748. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: Once solar eclipse occurred during the lifetime of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ. He offered the eclipse Salāt (prayer). His Companions asked, "O Allāh's Messenger! We saw you trying to take something while standing at your place and then we saw you retreating." The Prophet ﷺ said, "I was shown Paradise and wanted to have a bunch of fruit from it. Had I taken it, you would have eaten from it as long as the world remains."

Arabic text

748 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: خَسَفَتِ الشَّمْسُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَصَلَّى، قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، رَأَيْنَاكَ تَنَاوَلْتَ شَيْئًا فِي مَقَامِكَ، ثُمَّ رَأَيْنَاكَ تَكَعْكَعْتَ، قَالَ: «إِنِّي أُرِيتُ الجَنَّةَ، فَتَنَاوَلْتُ مِنْهَا عُنْقُودًا، وَلَوْ أَخَذْتُهُ لَأَكَلْتُمْ مِنْهُ مَا بَقِيَتِ الدُّنْيَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 748

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 748

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 749

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

749. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ led us and offered Salāt (prayer). Then he ﷺ went up the pulpit and beckoned with both hands towards the Qiblah of the mosque and said, "When I started leading you in Salāt, I saw Paradise and Hell displayed on the wall of the mosque (facing the Qiblah.) I never saw such a good and bad thing as I saw today." He repeated the last statement thrice.

Arabic text

749 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سِنَانٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا فُلَيْحٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِلاَلُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى لَنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ رَقِيَ المِنْبَرَ، فَأَشَارَ بِيَدَيْهِ قِبَلَ قِبْلَةِ المَسْجِدِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ الآنَ مُنْذُ صَلَّيْتُ لَكُمُ الصَّلاَةَ الجَنَّةَ وَالنَّارَ مُمَثَّلَتَيْنِ فِي قِبْلَةِ هَذَا الجِدَارِ، فَلَمْ أَرَ كَاليَوْمِ فِي الخَيْرِ وَالشَّرِّ» ثَلاَثًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 749

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 749

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 92

Looking towards the sky during As-Salāt (the prayer).

Hadith 750

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

750. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "What is wrong with those people who look towards the sky during Ṣalāt (prayer)?” His tone grew stern while delivering this speech and he said, “They should stop (looking towards the sky during the Ṣalāt); otherwise their eyes (or eyesight) would be snatched away.”

Arabic text

750 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، أَنَّ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ حَدَّثَهُمْ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا بَالُ أَقْوَامٍ يَرْفَعُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ فِي صَلاَتِهِمْ»، فَاشْتَدَّ قَوْلُهُ فِي ذَلِكَ، حَتَّى قَالَ: «لَيَنْتَهُنَّ عَنْ ذَلِكَ أَوْ لَتُخْطَفَنَّ أَبْصَارُهُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 750

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 750

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

To look hither and thither in Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer).

Hadith 751

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

751. Narrated ‘Aīshah رضي الله عنها: I asked Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ about looking hither and thither in Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer). He replied, “It is a way of stealing by which Satan takes away (a portion) from the Ṣalāt (prayer) of a person.”

Arabic text

751 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الأَحْوَصِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَشْعَثُ بْنُ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الِالْتِفَاتِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ؟ فَقَالَ: «هُوَ اخْتِلاَسٌ يَخْتَلِسُهُ الشَّيْطَانُ مِنْ صَلاَةِ العَبْدِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 751

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 751

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 752

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

752. Narrated ‘Aīshah رضي الله عنها: Once the Prophet ﷺ offered Ṣalāt (prayer) while wearing a Khamīṣa (a woollen square blanket) with marks on it. Then he ﷺ said, “The marks on this (Khamīṣa) have diverted my attention, take it to Abū Jahm and bring an Inbijāniya (a plain sheet) (from him.)”(See Hadīth No.5817. Vol.7).

Arabic text

752 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى فِي خَمِيصَةٍ لَهَا أَعْلاَمٌ، فَقَالَ: «شَغَلَتْنِي أَعْلاَمُ هَذِهِ، اذْهَبُوا بِهَا إِلَى أَبِي جَهْمٍ وَأْتُونِي بِأَنْبِجَانِيَّةٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 752

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 752

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 94

Is it permissible for one to look around in Ṣalāt (prayer) if something happens to one? Or can one look at something like expectoration in the direction of the Qiblah?

Hadith 753

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

753. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ saw expectoration in the direction of the Qiblah of the mosque while he was leading Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer), and scratched it off. After finishing the Salāt (prayer), he said, "Whenever any of you is in Salāt (prayer) he should know that Allāh is in front of him. So none should spit in front of him during the Salāt (prayer)."

Arabic text

753 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا لَيْثٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ: أَنَّهُ قَالَ: رَأَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نُخَامَةً فِي قِبْلَةِ المَسْجِدِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي بَيْنَ يَدَيِ النَّاسِ، فَحَتَّهَا، ثُمَّ قَالَ حِينَ انْصَرَفَ: «إِنَّ أَحَدَكُمْ إِذَا كَانَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ قِبَلَ وَجْهِهِ، فَلاَ يَتَنَخَّمَنَّ أَحَدٌ قِبَلَ وَجْهِهِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ» رَوَاهُ مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، وَابْنُ أَبِي رَوَّادٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 753

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 753

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 754

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

754. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: While the Muslims were offering the Fajr prayer, Allāh's Messenger ﷺ suddenly appeared before them by lifting the curtain of the dwelling place of 'Aishah, and looked towards the Muslims who were standing in rows. He smiled with pleasure. Abū Bakr رضي الله عنه started retreating to join the row on the assumption that the Prophet ﷺ wanted to come out for Aṣ-Ṣalat (the prayer). The Muslims intended to leave Aṣ-Ṣalat (and were on the verge of being put to trial), but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned them to complete their Ṣalāt (prayers) and then he let the curtain fall. He died in the last hours of that day.

Arabic text

754 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا لَيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: بَيْنَمَا المُسْلِمُونَ فِي صَلاَةِ الفَجْرِ لَمْ يَفْجَأْهُمْ إِلَّا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَشَفَ سِتْرَ حُجْرَةِ عَائِشَةَ، فَنَظَرَ إِلَيْهِمْ وَهُمْ صُفُوفٌ، فَتَبَسَّمَ يَضْحَكُ، وَنَكَصَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ عَلَى عَقِبَيْهِ لِيَصِلَ لَهُ الصَّفَّ، فَظَنَّ أَنَّهُ يُرِيدُ الخُرُوجَ وَهَمَّ المُسْلِمُونَ أَنْ يَفْتَتِنُوا فِي صَلاَتِهِمْ، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِمْ أَتِمُّوا صَلاَتَكُمْ، فَأَرْخَى السِّتْرَ وَتُوُفِّيَ مِنْ آخِرِ ذَلِكَ اليَوْمِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 754

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 754

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 95

Recitation of the Qur'an (Sūrat Al-Fātiḥa) is compulsory for the Imām and the followers, at home and on journey, in all Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayers) whether the recitation is done silently or aloud.

Hadith 755

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

755. Narrated Jābir bin Samura: The people of Kūfa complained against Sa'd to ‘Umar رضي الله عنه and the latter dismissed him and appointed ‘Ammār as their chief. They lodged many complaints against Sa’d and even they alleged that he did not offer Ṣalāt (prayer) properly. ‘Umar sent for him and said, “O Abū Iṣhāq! These people claim that you do not offer Ṣalāt properly.” Abū Iṣhāq said, “By Allāh, I used to offer with them a Ṣalāt similar to that of Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ and I never reduced anything of it. I used to prolong the first two Rak’ā of Iṣhā prayer and shorten the last two Rak’ā.” ‘Umar said, “O Abū Iṣhāq, this was what I thought about you.” And then he sent one or more persons with him to Kūfa so as to ask the people about him. So, they went there and did not leave any mosque without asking about him. All the people praised him till they came to the mosque of the tribe of Banī ‘Abs; one of the men called Usāma bin Qatāda with surname of Abū Sa’dā stood up and said, “As you have put us under an oath; I am bound to tell you that Sa’d never went himself with the army and never distributed (the war booty) equally and never did justice in legal verdicts.” (On hearing it) Sa’d said, “I invoke Allāh for three things: O Allāh! If this slave of Yours is a liar and got up for showing off, give him a long life, increase his poverty and put him to trials.” (And so it happened). Later on when that person was asked how he was, he used to reply that he was an old man in trial as the result of Sa’d’s curse. ‘Abdul Mālik, the subnarrator, said that he had seen him afterwards and his eyebrows were overhanging his eyes owing to old age and he used to tease and assault the small girls on the roads.

Arabic text

755 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ المَلِكِ بْنُ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: شَكَا أَهْلُ الكُوفَةِ سَعْدًا إِلَى عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَعَزَلَهُ، وَاسْتَعْمَلَ عَلَيْهِمْ عَمَّارًا، فَشَكَوْا حَتَّى ذَكَرُوا أَنَّهُ لاَ يُحْسِنُ يُصَلِّي، فَأَرْسَلَ إِلَيْهِ، فَقَالَ: يَا أَبَا إِسْحَاقَ إِنَّ هَؤُلاَءِ يَزْعُمُونَ أَنَّكَ لاَ تُحْسِنُ تُصَلِّي، قَالَ أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ: أَمَّا أَنَا وَاللَّهِ «فَإِنِّي كُنْتُ أُصَلِّي بِهِمْ صَلاَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَا أَخْرِمُ عَنْهَا، أُصَلِّي صَلاَةَ العِشَاءِ، فَأَرْكُدُ فِي الأُولَيَيْنِ وَأُخِفُّ فِي الأُخْرَيَيْنِ»، قَالَ: ذَاكَ الظَّنُّ بِكَ يَا أَبَا إِسْحَاقَ، فَأَرْسَلَ مَعَهُ رَجُلًا أَوْ رِجَالًا إِلَى الكُوفَةِ، فَسَأَلَ عَنْهُ أَهْلَ الكُوفَةِ وَلَمْ يَدَعْ مَسْجِدًا إِلَّا سَأَلَ عَنْهُ، وَيُثْنُونَ مَعْرُوفًا، حَتَّى دَخَلَ مَسْجِدًا لِبَنِي عَبْسٍ، فَقَامَ رَجُلٌ مِنْهُمْ يُقَالُ لَهُ أُسَامَةُ بْنُ قَتَادَةَ يُكْنَى أَبَا سَعْدَةَ قَالَ: أَمَّا إِذْ نَشَدْتَنَا فَإِنَّ سَعْدًا كَانَ لاَ يَسِيرُ بِالسَّرِيَّةِ، وَلاَ يَقْسِمُ بِالسَّوِيَّةِ، وَلاَ يَعْدِلُ فِي القَضِيَّةِ، قَالَ سَعْدٌ: أَمَا وَاللَّهِ لَأَدْعُوَنَّ بِثَلاَثٍ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنْ كَانَ عَبْدُكَ هَذَا كَاذِبًا، قَامَ رِيَاءً وَسُمْعَةً، فَأَطِلْ عُمْرَهُ، وَأَطِلْ فَقْرَهُ، وَعَرِّضْهُ بِالفِتَنِ، وَكَانَ بَعْدُ إِذَا سُئِلَ يَقُولُ: شَيْخٌ كَبِيرٌ مَفْتُونٌ، أَصَابَتْنِي دَعْوَةُ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ عَبْدُ المَلِكِ: فَأَنَا رَأَيْتُهُ بَعْدُ، قَدْ سَقَطَ حَاجِبَاهُ عَلَى عَيْنَيْهِ مِنَ الكِبَرِ، وَإِنَّهُ لَيَتَعَرَّضُ لِلْجَوَارِي فِي الطُّرُقِ يَغْمِزُهُنَّ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 755

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 755

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 756

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: 756. Narrated 'Ubāda bin Aṣ-Ṣāmit: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Whoever does not recite Sūrat Al-Fātiḥa (the first Surah of the Qur'ān) in his Ṣalāt (prayer), his Ṣalāt is invalid."

Arabic text

756 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الزُّهْرِيُّ، عَنْ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لاَ صَلاَةَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَقْرَأْ بِفَاتِحَةِ الكِتَابِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 756

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 756

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 757

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: 757. Narrated Abū Hurairah: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ entered the mosque and a person followed him. The man offered Ṣalāt (prayer) and went to the Prophet ﷺ and greeted him. The Prophet ﷺ returned the greeting and said to him, "Go back and offer the Ṣalāt (prayer), for you have not offered Ṣalāt (prayer)." The man went back, offered Ṣalāt (prayer) in the same way as before, returned and greeted the Prophet ﷺ who said, "Go back and offer Ṣalāt (prayer), for you have not offered Ṣalāt (prayer)." This happened thrice. The man said, "By Him, Who sent you with the Truth, I cannot offer the Ṣalāt (prayer) in a better way than this. Please teach me how to offer Ṣalāt (prayer)." The Prophet ﷺ said, "When you stand for Ṣalāt (prayer) say Takbīr and then recite from the Qur'ān (of what you know by heart) and then bow till you feel at ease. Then raise your head and stand up straight, then prostrate till you feel at ease during your prostration, then sit with calmness till you feel at ease (do not hurry) and do the same in all your Ṣalāt (prayer)."

Arabic text

757 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ المَسْجِدَ فَدَخَلَ رَجُلٌ، فَصَلَّى، فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَرَدَّ وَقَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ، فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، فَرَجَعَ يُصَلِّي كَمَا صَلَّى، ثُمَّ جَاءَ، فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ، فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ» ثَلاَثًا، فَقَالَ: وَالَّذِي بَعَثَكَ بِالحَقِّ مَا أُحْسِنُ غَيْرَهُ، فَعَلِّمْنِي، فَقَالَ: «إِذَا قُمْتَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ فَكَبِّرْ، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ مَا تَيَسَّرَ مَعَكَ مِنَ القُرْآنِ، ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَعْدِلَ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ جَالِسًا، وَافْعَلْ ذَلِكَ فِي صَلاَتِكَ كُلِّهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 757

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 757

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 96

The recitation of the Qur'an in the

Hadith 758

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

758. Narrated Jābir bin Samura : Sa'd رضي الله عنه said, "I used to offer Salat (prayer) with them one similar to that of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ (the prayer of Zuhr and ʿAṣr) reducing nothing from them. I used to prolong the first two Rak'ā and shorten the last two Rak'ā." Umar said to Sa'd "This was what I thought about you."

Arabic text

758 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ المَلِكِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ سَعْدٌ: «كُنْتُ أُصَلِّي بِهِمْ صَلاَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، صَلاَتَيِ العَشِيِّ لاَ أَخْرِمُ عَنْهَا، أَرْكُدُ فِي الأُولَيَيْنِ، وَأَحْذِفُ فِي الأُخْرَيَيْنِ» فَقَالَ عُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: ذَلِكَ الظَّنُّ بِكَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 758

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 758

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 759

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

759. Narrated Abī Qatāda : The Prophet ﷺ in Zuhr prayers used to recite Sūrat Al-Fātiha along with two other Sūrah in the first two Rak'ā : a long one in the first Rak'ā and a shorter (Sūrah) in the second, and at times the Verses were audible. In the ʿAṣr prayer the Prophet ﷺ used to recite Sūrat Al-Fātiha and two more Sūrah in the first two Rak'ā and used to prolong the first Rak'ā. And he used to prolong the first Rak'ā of the Fajr (early morning) prayer and shorten the second.

Arabic text

بَابُ القِرَاءَةِ فِي الظُّهْرِ 759 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَيْبَانُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُولَيَيْنِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ الظُّهْرِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الكِتَابِ، وَسُورَتَيْنِ يُطَوِّلُ فِي الأُولَى، وَيُقَصِّرُ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ وَيُسْمِعُ الآيَةَ أَحْيَانًا، وَكَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي العَصْرِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الكِتَابِ وَسُورَتَيْنِ، وَكَانَ يُطَوِّلُ فِي الأُولَى، وَكَانَ يُطَوِّلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى مِنْ صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ، وَيُقَصِّرُ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 759

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 759

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 760

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

760. Narrated Abū Ma'mar : I asked Khabbāb رضي الله عنه whether the Prophet ﷺ used to recite the Qur'an in the Zuhr and the ʿAṣr prayers. He replied in the affirmative. We said, "How did you come to know that?" He said, "From the movement of his beard."

Arabic text

760 - حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ حَفْصٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، حَدَّثَنِي عُمَارَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْنَا خَبَّابًا أَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالعَصْرِ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قُلْنَا: بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ كُنْتُمْ تَعْرِفُونَ؟ قَالَ: «بِاضْطِرَابِ لِحْيَتِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 760

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 760

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 97

The recitation of the Qur'ān in the 'Aṣr prayer.

Hadith 761

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

761. Narrated Abū Ma'mar: I asked Khabbāb bin Al-Aratt رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ whether the Prophet ﷺ used to recite the Qur'ān in the Zuhr and the 'Aṣr prayers. He replied in the affirmative. I asked, "How did you come to know that?" He replied, "From the movement of his beard."

Arabic text

761 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِخَبَّابِ بْنِ الأَرَتِّ: أَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالعَصْرِ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ كُنْتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ قِرَاءَتَهُ؟ قَالَ: «بِاضْطِرَابِ لِحْيَتِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 761

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 761

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 762

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

762. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatāda: My father said, "The Prophet ﷺ used to recite Sūrat Al-Fātiha along with another Sūrah in the first two Rak'ā of the Zuhr and the 'Aṣr prayers and at times a Verse or so was audible to us."

Arabic text

762 - حَدَّثَنَا المَكِّيُّ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ وَالعَصْرِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الكِتَابِ، وَسُورَةٍ سُورَةٍ، وَيُسْمِعُنَا الآيَةَ أَحْيَانًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 762

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 762

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 98

The recitation of the Qur'ān in the Maghrib prayer.

Hadith 763

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

763. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا (My mother) Umm Al-Faḍl heard me reciting Wal Mursalāti 'Urfan (Sūrah No. 77) and said, "O my son! By Allāh, your recitation made me remember, that, it was the last Sūrah I heard from Allāh's Messenger ﷺ. He recited it in the Maghrib prayer."

Arabic text

763 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: إِنَّ أُمَّ الفَضْلِ سَمِعَتْهُ وَهُوَ يَقْرَأُ: {وَالمُرْسَلاَتِ عُرْفًا} [المرسلات: 1] فَقَالَتْ: يَا بُنَيَّ، وَاللَّهِ لَقَدْ ذَكَّرْتَنِي بِقِرَاءَتِكَ «هَذِهِ السُّورَةَ، إِنَّهَا لَآخِرُ مَا سَمِعْتُ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ بِهَا فِي المَغْرِبِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 763

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 763

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 764

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

764. Narrated Marwān bin Al-Ḥakam :Zaid bin Thābit رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ said to me, "Whydo you recite very short Sūrah in the Maghribprayer while I heard the Prophet ﷺ recitingthe longer of the two long Sūrah?" [Al-A'rāfand Al-Mā'idah (No.7 & No.5) or Al-A'rāfand Al-An'ām (No.7 & No.6)]. (See Fath Al-Bārī, Vol.2, pages 389, 390 for details)

Arabic text

764 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ مَرْوَانَ بْنِ الحَكَمِ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي زَيْدُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ: «مَا لَكَ تَقْرَأُ فِي المَغْرِبِ بِقِصَارٍ، وَقَدْ سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ بِطُولَى الطُّولَيَيْنِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 764

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 764

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 99

To recite aloud in theMaghrib prayer.

Hadith 765

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

765. Narrated Jubair bin Muṭ'im : I heardAllāh's Messenger ﷺ reciting Aṭ-Tūr (SūrahNo. 52) in the Maghrib prayer.

Arabic text

765 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «قَرَأَ فِي المَغْرِبِ بِالطُّورِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 765

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 765

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 100

To recite aloud in the'Ishā' prayer.

Hadith 766

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

766. Narrated Abū Rāfi' : I offered the'Ishā' prayer behind Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُand he recited Idhas-Samā'un-Shaqqat(Sūrah No. 84) and prostrated. On myenquiring, he said, "I prostrated behindAbul-Qāsim (the Prophet ﷺ when herecited that Sūrah) and I will keep on withthis prostration while reciting it till I meethim."

Arabic text

766 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعْتَمِرٌ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ العَتَمَةَ، فَقَرَأَ: إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ، فَسَجَدَ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: قَالَ: «سَجَدْتُ خَلْفَ أَبِي القَاسِمِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلاَ أَزَالُ أَسْجُدُ بِهَا حَتَّى أَلْقَاهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 766

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 766

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 767

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

767. Narrated Al-Barā' رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ : TheProphet ﷺ was on a journey and recited in one of the first two Rak'ā of the 'Ishā' prayer Wat-tīni waz-zaitūni. (Sūrah No. 95)

Arabic text

767 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَدِيٍّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ البَرَاءَ: " أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ فِي سَفَرٍ فَقَرَأَ فِي العِشَاءِ فِي إِحْدَى الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ: بِالتِّينِ وَالزَّيْتُونِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 767

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 767

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 101

To recite in the 'Ishā' prayer, with As-Sajda (prostration).

Hadith 768

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

768. Narrated Abū Rāfi': Once I offered the 'Ishā' prayer with Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ and he recited Idhas-Samā' un-Shaqqat (Sūrah No. 84) and prostrated. I said, "What is that?" He said, "I prostrated behind Abul-Qāsim, (the Prophet ﷺ) (when he recited that Sūrah) and I will keep on with this prostration while reciting it till I meet him."

Arabic text

768 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي التَّيْمِيُّ، عَنْ بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ العَتَمَةَ، فَقَرَأَ: إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ، فَسَجَدَ، فَقُلْتُ: مَا هَذِهِ؟ قَالَ: «سَجَدْتُ بِهَا خَلْفَ أَبِي القَاسِمِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلاَ أَزَالُ أَسْجُدُ بِهَا حَتَّى أَلْقَاهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 768

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 768

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 102

Recitation in the 'Ishā' prayer.

Hadith 769

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

769. Narrated Al-Barā' رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: I heard the Prophet ﷺ reciting Wat-tīni waz-zaitūni (Sūrah No. 95) in the 'Ishā' prayer, and I never heard a sweeter voice or a better way of recitation than that of the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

769 - حَدَّثَنَا خَلَّادُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مِسْعَرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَدِيُّ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ، سَمِعَ البَرَاءَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " يَقْرَأُ: وَالتِّينِ وَالزَّيْتُونِ فِي العِشَاءِ، وَمَا سَمِعْتُ أَحَدًا أَحْسَنَ صَوْتًا مِنْهُ أَوْ قِرَاءَةً "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 769

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 769

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 103

Prolonging the first two Rak'ā and shortening the last two.

Hadith 770

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

770. Narrated Jābir bin Samura: 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ said to Sa'd, "The people complained against you in everything, even in Ṣalāt (prayer)." Sa'd replied, "Really, I used to prolong the first two Rak'ā and shorten the last two and I will never shorten the Ṣalāt in which I follow Allāh's Messenger ﷺ." Umar said, "You are telling the truth and that is what I think about you."

Arabic text

770 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي عَوْنٍ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ الثَّقَفِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ عُمَرُ لِسَعْدٍ: لَقَدْ شَكَوْكَ فِي كُلِّ شَيْءٍ حَتَّى الصَّلاَةِ، قَالَ: «أَمَّا أَنَا، فَأَمُدُّ فِي الأُولَيَيْنِ وَأَحْذِفُ فِي الأُخْرَيَيْنِ، وَلاَ آلُو مَا اقْتَدَيْتُ بِهِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ» قَالَ: صَدَقْتَ ذَاكَ الظَّنُّ بِكَ أَوْ ظَنِّي بِكَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 770

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 770

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 104

The recitation of the Qur'ān in the Fajr prayer.

Hadith 771

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

771. Narrated Saiyyār bin Salama: My father and I went to Abū Barza Al-Aslami رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ to ask him about the stated times for the Ṣalāt (prayers). He replied, "The Prophet ﷺ used to offer the Zuhr prayer when the sun just declined from its highest position at noon; the Aṣr prayer at a time when if a man went to the farthest place in Al-Madīna (after offering Ṣalāt) he would find the sun still hot (bright). (The subnarrator said: I have forgotten what Abū Barza said about the Maghrib prayer). The Prophet ﷺ never found any harm in delaying the Iṣhā prayer to the first third of the night and he never liked to sleep before it and to talk after it. He used to offer the Fajr (early morning) prayer at a time when after finishing it one could recognize the person sitting beside him and used to recite between 60 to 100 Verses in one or both the Rak'ā."

Arabic text

771 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَيَّارُ بْنُ سَلاَمَةَ، قَالَ: دَخَلْتُ أَنَا وَأَبِي عَلَى أَبِي بَرْزَةَ الأَسْلَمِيِّ، فَسَأَلْنَاهُ عَنْ وَقْتِ الصَّلَوَاتِ، فَقَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي الظُّهْرَ حِينَ تَزُولُ الشَّمْسُ، وَالعَصْرَ، وَيَرْجِعُ الرَّجُلُ إِلَى أَقْصَى المَدِينَةِ وَالشَّمْسُ حَيَّةٌ - وَنَسِيتُ مَا قَالَ فِي المَغْرِبِ - وَلاَ يُبَالِي بِتَأْخِيرِ العِشَاءِ إِلَى ثُلُثِ اللَّيْلِ، وَلاَ يُحِبُّ النَّوْمَ قَبْلَهَا، وَلاَ الحَدِيثَ بَعْدَهَا، وَيُصَلِّي الصُّبْحَ، فَيَنْصَرِفُ الرَّجُلُ، فَيَعْرِفُ جَلِيسَهُ، وَكَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ - أَوْ إِحْدَاهُمَا - مَا بَيْنَ السِّتِّينَ إِلَى المِائَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 771

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 771

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 772

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

772. Narrated Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The Qur'ān is recited in every Ṣalāt (prayer) and in those Ṣalāt in which Allāh's Messenger ﷺ recited aloud for us, we recite aloud in the same Ṣalāt for you; and the Ṣalāt in which the Prophet ﷺ recited quietly, we recite quietly. If you recite Sūrat Al-Fātiḥa only, it is sufficient, but if you recite something else in addition, that would be better.

Arabic text

772 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، يَقُولُ: «فِي كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ يُقْرَأُ، فَمَا أَسْمَعَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَسْمَعْنَاكُمْ، وَمَا أَخْفَى عَنَّا أَخْفَيْنَا عَنْكُمْ، وَإِنْ لَمْ تَزِدْ عَلَى أُمِّ القُرْآنِ أَجْزَأَتْ وَإِنْ زِدْتَ فَهُوَ خَيْرٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 772

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 772

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 105

To recite aloud in the Fajr (early morning) prayer.

Hadith 773

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

773. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ set out with the intention of going to Sūq 'Ukāz (market of 'Ukāz) along with some of his Companions. At that time, a barrier was put between the devils and the news of heaven. Burning fires were shot at them. The devils went to their people, who asked them, "What is wrong with you?" They said, "A barrier has been put between us and the news of heaven. Burning fires are shot at us." They said, "The thing which has put a barrier between you and the news of heaven must be something which has happened recently. Go eastward and westward and see what has put a barrier between you and the news of heaven." Those who went towards Tihāma came across the Prophet ﷺ at a place called Nakhla and it was on the way to Sūq 'Ukāz and the Prophet ﷺ was offering the Fajr (early morning) prayer with his Companions. When they heard the Qur'an they listened to it and said, "By Allāh, this is the thing which has put a barrier between us and the news of heaven." They went to their people and said, "O our people; verily we have heard a wonderful recital (the Qur'an). It guides to the Right Way and we have believed therein and we shall never join (in worship) anything with our Lord (Allah).” Allāh revealed the following verses to his Prophet ﷺ (Sūrat Al-Jinn) (No. 72): “Say (O Muḥammad ﷺ): It has been revealed to me... (V.72:1)” And what was revealed to him was the conversation of the jinn.

Arabic text

773 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي بِشْرٍ هُوَ جَعْفَرُ بْنُ أَبِي وَحْشِيَّةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: " انْطَلَقَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي طَائِفَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ عَامِدِينَ إِلَى سُوقِ عُكَاظٍ، وَقَدْ حِيلَ بَيْنَ الشَّيَاطِينِ وَبَيْنَ خَبَرِ السَّمَاءِ، وَأُرْسِلَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ الشُّهُبُ، فَرَجَعَتِ الشَّيَاطِينُ إِلَى قَوْمِهِمْ، فَقَالُوا: مَا لَكُمْ؟ فَقَالُوا: حِيلَ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ خَبَرِ السَّمَاءِ، وَأُرْسِلَتْ عَلَيْنَا الشُّهُبُ، قَالُوا: مَا حَالَ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَ خَبَرِ السَّمَاءِ إِلَّا شَيْءٌ حَدَثَ، فَاضْرِبُوا مَشَارِقَ الأَرْضِ وَمَغَارِبَهَا، فَانْظُرُوا مَا هَذَا الَّذِي حَالَ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَ خَبَرِ السَّمَاءِ، فَانْصَرَفَ أُولَئِكَ الَّذِينَ تَوَجَّهُوا نَحْوَ تِهَامَةَ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ بِنَخْلَةَ عَامِدِينَ إِلَى سُوقِ عُكَاظٍ، وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي بِأَصْحَابِهِ صَلاَةَ الفَجْرِ، فَلَمَّا سَمِعُوا القُرْآنَ اسْتَمَعُوا لَهُ، فَقَالُوا: هَذَا وَاللَّهِ الَّذِي حَالَ بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَ خَبَرِ السَّمَاءِ، فَهُنَالِكَ حِينَ رَجَعُوا إِلَى قَوْمِهِمْ، وَقَالُوا: يَا قَوْمَنَا: {إِنَّا سَمِعْنَا قُرْآنًا عَجَبًا، يَهْدِي إِلَى الرُّشْدِ، فَآمَنَّا بِهِ وَلَنْ نُشْرِكَ بِرَبِّنَا أَحَدًا} [الجن: 2]، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ عَلَى نَبِيِّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: {قُلْ أُوحِيَ إِلَيَّ أَنَّهُ اسْتَمَعَ نَفَرٌ مِنَ الجِنِّ} [الجن: 1] وَإِنَّمَا أُوحِيَ إِلَيْهِ قَوْلُ الجِنِّ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 773

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 773

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 774

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

774 (A). Narrated Ibn ‘Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ recited aloud in the Ṣalāt (prayers) in which he was ordered to do so and quietly in the Ṣalāt in which he was ordered to do so. “...And your Lord is never forgetful.” (V.19:64). “Indeed in the Messenger of Allāh (Muḥammad ﷺ) you have a good example to follow...” (V.33:21).

Arabic text

٧٧٤ - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: «قَرَأَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ فِيمَا أُمِرَ، وَسَكَتَ فِيمَا أُمِرَ. ﴿وَمَا كَانَ رَبُّكَ نَسِيًّا﴾ ﴿لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللهِ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ﴾.»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 774

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 774

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 106

To recite two Sūrah in one Rak‘ā and to recite the last Verses of some Sūrah, or to recite the Sūrah in their reverse order, or to recite the beginning of a Sūrah.

Hadith 775

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

775. Narrated Abū Wā'il: A man came to Ibn Mas'ūd رضي الله عنه and said, "I recited the Muṣṣal (Sūrah) at night in one Rak'a." Ibn Mas'ūd said, "This recitation is (too quick) like the recitation of poetry. I know the identical Sūrah which the Prophet ﷺ used to recite in pairs." Ibn Mas'ūd then mentioned 20 Muṣṣal Sūrah including two Sūrah from the family of (i.e., those Sūrah which begin with) Hā-Mīm (حَم) (which the Prophet ﷺ used to recite) in each Rak'a.

Arabic text

775 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا وَائِلٍ، قَالَ: جَاءَ رَجُلٌ إِلَى ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، فَقَالَ: قَرَأْتُ المُفَصَّلَ اللَّيْلَةَ فِي رَكْعَةٍ، فَقَالَ: «هَذًّا كَهَذِّ الشِّعْرِ، لَقَدْ عَرَفْتُ النَّظَائِرَ الَّتِي كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرُنُ بَيْنَهُنَّ، فَذَكَرَ عِشْرِينَ سُورَةً مِنَ المُفَصَّلِ، سُورَتَيْنِ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 775

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 775

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 107

To recite only Sūrat Al-Fātiḥa in the last two Rak'a during a four Rak'a Salāt (prayer).

Hadith 776

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

776. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatāda: My father said, "The Prophet ﷺ used to recite Sūrat Al-Fātiḥa followed by another Sūrah in the first two Rak'a of the Ṣalāt (prayer) and used to recite only Sūrat Al-Fātiḥa in the last two Rak'a of the Zuhr prayer. Sometimes a Verse or so was audible and he used to prolong the first Rak'a more than the second and used to do the same in the ʿAṣr and Fajr prayers."

Arabic text

776 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ فِي الأُولَيَيْنِ بِأُمِّ الكِتَابِ، وَسُورَتَيْنِ، وَفِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُخْرَيَيْنِ بِأُمِّ الكِتَابِ وَيُسْمِعُنَا الآيَةَ، وَيُطَوِّلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى مَا لاَ يُطَوِّلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الثَّانِيَةِ، وَهَكَذَا فِي العَصْرِ وَهَكَذَا فِي الصُّبْحِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 776

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 776

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 108

To recite (the Qur'an) quietly in the Zuhr and ʿAṣr prayers.

Hadith 777

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

777. Narrated Abū Ma'mar: We said to Khabbāb رضي الله عنه, "Did Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to recite (the Qur'ān) in Zuhr and ʾAṣr prayers?" He replied in the affirmative. We said, "How did you come to know about it?" He said, "By the movement of his beard."

Arabic text

777 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، قُلْتُ لِخَبَّابٍ: أَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالعَصْرِ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قُلْنَا: مِنْ أَيْنَ عَلِمْتَ؟ قَالَ: «بِاضْطِرَابِ لِحْيَتِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 777

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 777

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 109

(In a quiet prayer) if the Imām recites a Verse or so audibly.

Hadith 778

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

778. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatāda: My father said, "The Prophet ﷺ used to recite Sūrat Al-Fātiḥa along with another Sūrah in the first two Rak'ā of the Zuhr and ʾAṣr prayers. A Verse or so was audible at times and he used to prolong the first Rak'ā."

Arabic text

778 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ بِأُمِّ الكِتَابِ وَسُورَةٍ مَعَهَا فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُولَيَيْنِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ الظُّهْرِ وَصَلاَةِ العَصْرِ، وَيُسْمِعُنَا الآيَةَ أَحْيَانًا وَكَانَ يُطِيلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى» بَابُ يُطَوِّلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 778

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 778

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 110

To prolong the first Rak'ā.

Hadith 779

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

779. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatāda: My father said, "The Prophet ﷺ used to prolong the first Rak'ā of the Zuhr Ṣalāt (prayer) and shorten the second one and used to do the same in the morning (Fajr) Ṣalāt."

Arabic text

779 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُطَوِّلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى مِنْ صَلاَةِ الظُّهْرِ، وَيُقَصِّرُ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ، وَيَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 779

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 779

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 111

Saying of Āmīn aloud by the Imām.

Hadith 780

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

780. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Say Āmīn when the Imām says it and if the Āmīn of any one of you coincides with that of the angels then all his past sins will be forgiven." Ibn Shihāb said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to say Āmīn."

Arabic text

780 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ المُسَيِّبِ، وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّهُمَا أَخْبَرَاهُ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا أَمَّنَ الإِمَامُ، فَأَمِّنُوا، فَإِنَّهُ مَنْ وَافَقَ تَأْمِينُهُ تَأْمِينَ المَلاَئِكَةِ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ - وَقَالَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ - وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: آمِينَ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 780

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 780

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 112

Superiority of saying Āmīn.

Hadith 781

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

781. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "If any one of you says Āmīn and the angels in the heavens say Āmīn and the former coincides with the latter, all his past sins will be forgiven."

Arabic text

781 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا قَالَ أَحَدُكُمْ: آمِينَ، وَقَالَتِ المَلاَئِكَةُ فِي السَّمَاءِ: آمِينَ، فَوَافَقَتْ إِحْدَاهُمَا الأُخْرَى غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 781

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 781

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 113

Saying of Āmīn aloud by the followers.

Hadith 782

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

782. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Say Āmīn when the Imām says Ghairil-maghḍūbi 'alaihim walad-dāl-līn [not the path of those who earn Your Anger (such as Jews) nor of those who go astray (such as Christians)], all the past sins of the person whose saying (of Āmin) coincides with that of the angels, will be forgiven.

Arabic text

782 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، مَوْلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ السَّمَّانِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا قَالَ الإِمَامُ: {غَيْرِ المَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7] فَقُولُوا: آمِينَ، فَإِنَّهُ مَنْ وَافَقَ قَوْلُهُ قَوْلَ المَلاَئِكَةِ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ " تَابَعَهُ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنُعَيْمٌ المُجْمِرُ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 782

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 782

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 114

If someone bowed behind the rows, [on entering the mosque and before joining the rows of Ṣalāt (prayer)].

Hadith 783

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

783. Narrated Abū Bakrah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: I reached the Prophet ﷺ in the mosque while he was bowing in Ṣalāt (prayer) and I too bowed before joining the row. I mentioned it to the Prophet ﷺ and he said to me, "May Allāh increase your love for the good. But do not repeat it again (bowing in that way)."

Arabic text

783 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنِ الأَعْلَمِ وَهُوَ زِيَادٌ، عَنِ الحَسَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، أَنَّهُ انْتَهَى إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ رَاكِعٌ، فَرَكَعَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَصِلَ إِلَى الصَّفِّ، فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «زَادَكَ اللَّهُ حِرْصًا وَلاَ تَعُدْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 783

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 783

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 115

Itmām At-Takbīr (i.e., to end the number of Takbīr or to say the Takbīr perfectly) on bowing. [See Faṭh Al-Bārī].

Hadith 784

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

784. Narrated 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: I offered the Ṣalāt (prayer) with 'Alī رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ in Baṣra and he made us remember the Ṣalāt which we used to offer with Allāh's Messenger ﷺ. 'Alī said Takbīr on each raising and bowing (and prostrating etc.) [See Faṭh Al-Bārī, for details].

Arabic text

784 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ الوَاسِطِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنِ الجُرَيْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي العَلاَءِ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى مَعَ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ بِالْبَصْرَةِ فَقَالَ: «ذَكَّرَنَا هَذَا الرَّجُلُ صَلاَةً كُنَّا نُصَلِّيهَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَذَكَرَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ يُكَبِّرُ كُلَّمَا رَفَعَ وَكُلَّمَا وَضَعَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 784

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 784

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 785

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

785. Narrated Abū Salama: When Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ led us in Salāt (prayer) he used to say Takbīr on each bowing and raising. On the completion of the Salāt he used to say, "My Salāt is more similar to the Salāt of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ than that of anyone of you."

Arabic text

785 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ «يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ، فَيُكَبِّرُ كُلَّمَا خَفَضَ، وَرَفَعَ»، فَإِذَا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: إِنِّي لَأَشْبَهُكُمْ صَلاَةً بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 785

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 785

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 116

Itmām At-Takbīr (i.e., to end the number of Takbīr, or to say the Takbīr perfectly) on prostrating. [See Fath Al-Bārī]

Hadith 786

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

786. Narrated Muṭarrif bin 'Abdullāh: 'Imrān bin Ḥuṣain and I offered the Salāt (prayer) behind 'Alī bin Abī Ṭālib رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: When 'Alī prostrated, he said the Takbīr, when he raised his head, he said the Takbīr and when he got up for the third Rak'a he said the Takbīr. On completion of the Salāt 'Imrān took my hand and said, "This (i.e., 'Alī) made me remember the Salāt of Muḥammad ﷺ." Or he said, "He led us in a Salāt like that of Muḥammad ﷺ."

Arabic text

786 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ غَيْلاَنَ بْنِ جَرِيرٍ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنَا وَعِمْرَانُ بْنُ حُصَيْنٍ، «فَكَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ كَبَّرَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ كَبَّرَ وَإِذَا نَهَضَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ»، فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلاَةَ أَخَذَ بِيَدِي عِمْرَانُ بْنُ حُصَيْنٍ، فَقَالَ: قَدْ ذَكَّرَنِي هَذَا صَلاَةَ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - أَوْ قَالَ: لَقَدْ صَلَّى بِنَا صَلاَةَ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ -

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 786

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 786

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 787

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

787. Narrated 'Ikrima: I saw a person offering Salāt (prayer) at Maqām Ibrāhīm [the place of Ibrāhīm (Abraham) عليه السلام] by the Ka'bah] and he was saying Takbīr on every bowing, rising, standing and sitting. I asked Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما (about this Ṣalāt). He admonished me saying: "Isn't that the Ṣalāt of the Prophet ﷺ?" [Indicating that, that was the way, the Prophet ﷺ used to offer his Ṣalāt (prayer)].

Arabic text

787 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ أَبِي بِشْرٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَجُلًا عِنْدَ المَقَامِ، «يُكَبِّرُ فِي كُلِّ خَفْضٍ وَرَفْعٍ، وَإِذَا قَامَ وَإِذَا وَضَعَ»، فَأَخْبَرْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: أَوَلَيْسَ تِلْكَ صَلاَةَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، لاَ أُمَّ لَكَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 787

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 787

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 117

Saying the Takbīr on raising from the prostration.

Hadith 788

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

788. Narrated 'Ikrima: I offered prayers behind a Sheikh at Makkah and he said twenty-two Takbīr (during the prayer). I told Ibn 'Abbās that he (i.e., that Sheikh) was foolish. Ibn 'Abbās admonished me and said, "This is the Aṣ-Ṣunna (legal way) of Abul-Qāsim ﷺ."

Arabic text

788 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ خَلْفَ شَيْخٍ بِمَكَّةَ، «فَكَبَّرَ ثِنْتَيْنِ وَعِشْرِينَ تَكْبِيرَةً»، فَقُلْتُ لِابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ: إِنَّهُ أَحْمَقُ، فَقَالَ: ثَكِلَتْكَ أُمُّكَ «سُنَّةُ أَبِي القَاسِمِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ» وَقَالَ مُوسَى: حَدَّثَنَا أَبَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا عِكْرِمَةُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 788

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 788

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 789

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

789. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Whenever Allāh's Messenger ﷺ stood for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer), he said Takbīr on starting the Ṣalāt (prayer) and then on bowing. (On rising from bowing he said) Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida, and then while standing straight he used to say Rabbanā lakal-ḥamū. Al-Laith said, "(The Prophet ﷺ said) Wa lakal-ḥamd." He used to say Takbīr on prostrating and on raising his head from prostration; again he would say Takbīr on prostrating and raising his head. He would then do the same in the whole of the Ṣalāt till it was completed. And on rising from the second Rak'a after sitting (for At-Tahiyāt), he used to say Takbīr.

Arabic text

789 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الحَارِثِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ: " كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَقُومُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْكَعُ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، حِينَ يَرْفَعُ صُلْبَهُ مِنَ الرَّكْعَةِ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ: رَبَّنَا لَكَ الحَمْدُ " قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنِ اللَّيْثِ: «وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَهْوِي، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَسْجُدُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ، ثُمَّ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ كُلِّهَا حَتَّى يَقْضِيَهَا، وَيُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَقُومُ مِنَ الثِّنْتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الجُلُوسِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 789

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 789

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 118

To put the hands (palms) on both knees while bowing.

Hadith 790

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

790. Narrated Muṣ'ab bin Sa'd: I offered Ṣalāt (prayer) beside my father (Sa'd bin Abī Waqqas رضي الله عنه) and approximated both my hands and placed them in between the knees. My father told me not to do so and said, "We used to do the same but we were forbidden (by the Prophet ﷺ) to do so and were ordered to place the hands on the knees."

Arabic text

790 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي يَعْفُورٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ مُصْعَبَ بْنَ سَعْدٍ، يَقُولُ: صَلَّيْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي، فَطَبَّقْتُ بَيْنَ كَفَّيَّ، ثُمَّ وَضَعْتُهُمَا بَيْنَ فَخِذَيَّ، فَنَهَانِي أَبِي، وَقَالَ: كُنَّا نَفْعَلُهُ، «فَنُهِينَا عَنْهُ وَأُمِرْنَا أَنْ نَضَعَ أَيْدِينَا عَلَى الرُّكَبِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 790

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 790

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 119

Not performing bowing perfectly.

Hadith 791

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

791. Narrated Zaid bin Wahb: Hudhaifa رضي الله عنه saw a person who was not performing the bowings and prostrations perfectly. He said to him, "You have not offered Ṣalāt and if you should die, you would die on a religion other than that of Muḥammad ﷺ."

Arabic text

791 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ زَيْدَ بْنَ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: رَأَى حُذَيْفَةُ رَجُلًا لَا يُتِمُّ الرُّكُوعَ وَالسُّجُودَ، قَالَ: «مَا صَلَّيْتَ وَلَوْ مُتَّ مُتَّ عَلَى غَيْرِ الفِطْرَةِ الَّتِي فَطَرَ اللَّهُ مُحَمَّدًا صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَيْهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 791

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 791

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 120

To keep the back straight in bowing.

Chapter 121

And what is said regarding the limit of the completion of bowing and of keeping the back straight and the calmness with which it is performed.

Hadith 792

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

792. Narrated Al-Barā': رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The bowing, the prostration, the sitting in between the two prostrations and the standing after the bowing of the Prophet ﷺ but not Qiyām [standing in the Ṣalāt (prayer)] and Qu'ūd (sitting in the Ṣalāt) used to be approximately equal (in duration).

Arabic text

792 - حَدَّثَنَا بَدَلُ بْنُ المُحَبَّرِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي الحَكَمُ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ البَرَاءِ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رُكُوعُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَسُجُودُهُ وَبَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، مَا خَلاَ القِيَامَ وَالقُعُودَ قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 792

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 792

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 122

The order of the Prophet ﷺ to a person who did not perform his bowing perfectly that he should repeat his Ṣalāt (prayer).

Hadith 793

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

793. Narrated Abū Hurairah: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: Once the Prophet ﷺ entered the mosque, a man came in, offered the Ṣalāt (prayer) and greeted the Prophet ﷺ. The Prophet ﷺ returned his greeting and said to him, "Go back and offer Ṣalāt again for you have not offered Ṣalāt." The man offered the Ṣalāt again, came back and greeted the Prophet ﷺ. He said to him thrice, "Go back and offer Ṣalāt again for you have not offered Ṣalāt." The man said, "By Him, Who has sent you with the truth! I do not know a better way of offering Ṣalāt. Kindly teach me how to offer Ṣalāt." He ﷺ said, "When you stand for the Ṣalāt, say Takbīr and then recite from the Qur'an what you know and then bow with calmness till you feel at ease, then rise from bowing till you stand straight. Afterwards prostrate calmly till you feel at ease and then raise (your head) and sit with calmness till you feel at ease, and then prostrate with calmness till you feel at ease in prostration and do the same in the whole of your Salāt."

Arabic text

793 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ المَقْبُرِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ المَسْجِدَ، فَدَخَلَ رَجُلٌ، فَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ جَاءَ، فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صلّى الله عليه وسلم فَرَدَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَيْهِ السَّلاَمَ، فَقَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، فَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ جَاءَ، فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ، فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ» ثَلاَثًا، فَقَالَ: وَالَّذِي بَعَثَكَ بِالحَقِّ، فَمَا أُحْسِنُ غَيْرَهُ، فَعَلِّمْنِي، قَالَ: «إِذَا قُمْتَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ، فَكَبِّرْ، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ مَا تَيَسَّرَ مَعَكَ مِنَ القُرْآنِ، ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَعْتَدِلَ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ جَالِسًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ افْعَلْ ذَلِكَ فِي صَلاَتِكَ كُلِّهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 793

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 793

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 123

Invocation in bowing.

Hadith 794

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

794. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: The Prophet ﷺ used to say in his bowings and prostrations, Subhānaka-Allāhumma Rabbanā wa-biḥamdika Allāhumma-agh firlī [I honour Allāh from all that (unsuitable things) which are ascribed to You, O Allāh Our Lord! And all the praises and thanks are for You, O Allāh! Forgive me]."

Arabic text

794 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الضُّحَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: " كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ: سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَبِحَمْدِكَ اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 794

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 794

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 124

What the Imām and the followers say on raising their heads from bowing.

Hadith 795

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

795. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: When the Prophet ﷺ said "Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida (Allāh heard those who sent praises and thanks to Him)," he would say, "Allāhumma Rabbanā walakal ḥamd (O Allah! Our Lord! All the praises and thanks are for You)." On bowing and raising his head from it [Salāt (prayers)] the Prophet ﷺ used to say Takbīr. He also used to say Takbīr on rising after the two prostrations.

Arabic text

795 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ المَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: " كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، قَالَ: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ، وَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ يُكَبِّرُ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ، قَالَ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 795

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 795

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 125

The superiority of saying Allāhumma Rabbanā lakal ḥamd (O Allāh, Our Lord! All the praises and thanks are for You).

Hadith 796

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

796. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "When the Imām says, Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida (Allāh heard those who sent praises and thanks to Him), you should say, Allāhumma Rabbanā lakal-ḥamd (O Allāh! Our Lord! All the praises and thanks are for You). And if the saying of any one of you coincides with that of the angels, all his past sins will be forgiven."

Arabic text

796 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا قَالَ الإِمَامُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الحَمْدُ، فَإِنَّهُ مَنْ وَافَقَ قَوْلُهُ قَوْلَ المَلاَئِكَةِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 796

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 796

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 126

Untitled chapter

Hadith 797

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

797. Narrated Abū Salama: Abū Hurairah said, "No doubt, my Ṣalāt (prayer) is similar to that of the Prophet ﷺ." Abū Hurairah used to recite Qunūt (invocation) after saying Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida in the last Rak'a of the Zuhr, Ishā and Fajr prayers. He would ask Allāh's Forgiveness for the true believers and curse the disbelievers.

Arabic text

797 - حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ فَضَالَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: لَأُقَرِّبَنَّ صَلاَةَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَكَانَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ " يَقْنُتُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الآخِرَةِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ الظُّهْرِ، وَصَلاَةِ العِشَاءِ، وَصَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ، بَعْدَ مَا يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَيَدْعُو لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَيَلْعَنُ الكُفَّارَ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 797

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 797

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 798

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

798. Narrated Anas: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The Qunūt used to be recited in the Maghrib and the Fajr prayers.

Arabic text

798 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي الأَسْوَدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «كَانَ القُنُوتُ فِي المَغْرِبِ وَالفَجْرِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 798

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 798

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 799

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

799. Narrated Rifā'a bin Rāfi' Az-Zuraqī: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: One day we were offering Ṣalāt (prayer) behind the Prophet ﷺ. When he raised his head from bowing, he said, "Sami' Allāhu liman ḥamida." A man behind him said, "Rabbanā walakal ḥamd, ḥamdan kathīran ta'yiban mubārakan fīhi (O our Lord! All the praises and thanks are for You, many good and blessed praises). “When the Prophet ﷺ completed the Ṣalāt, he asked, “Who has said these words?” The man replied, “I.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “I saw over thirty angels competing to write it first.”

Arabic text

799 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ نُعَيْمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ المُجْمِرِ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ خَلَّادٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ رِفَاعَةَ بْنِ رَافِعٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، قَالَ: " كُنَّا يَوْمًا نُصَلِّي وَرَاءَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلَمَّا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرَّكْعَةِ قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ "، قَالَ رَجُلٌ وَرَاءَهُ: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ حَمْدًا كَثِيرًا طَيِّبًا مُبَارَكًا فِيهِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: «مَنِ المُتَكَلِّمُ» قَالَ: أَنَا، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ بِضْعَةً وَثَلاَثِينَ مَلَكًا يَبْتَدِرُونَهَا أَيُّهُمْ يَكْتُبُهَا أَوَّلُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 799

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 799

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 127

To stand straight with calmness on raising the head from bowing.

Hadith 800

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

800. Narrated Thābit: Anas رضي الله عنه used to demonstrate to us the Ṣalāt (prayer) of the Prophet ﷺ and while demonstrating, he used to raise his head from bowing and stand so long that we would say that he had forgotten (the prostration).

Arabic text

800 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ أَنَسٌ يَنْعَتُ لَنَا صَلاَةَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، " فَكَانَ يُصَلِّي وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، قَامَ حَتَّى نَقُولَ: قَدْ نَسِيَ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 800

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 800

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 801

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

801. Narrated Al-Barā' رضي الله عنه: The bowings, the prostrations, the period of standing after bowing and the interval between the two prostrations of the Prophet ﷺ used to be equal in duration.

Arabic text

801 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الحَكَمِ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ البَرَاءِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رُكُوعُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَسُجُودُهُ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ وَبَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 801

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 801

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 802

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

802. Narrated Ayyūb: Abū Qilāba said, “Mālik bin Ḥuwaīrith رضي الله عنه used to demonstrate to us the Ṣalāt (prayer) of the Prophet ﷺ at times other than that of the compulsory prayers. So, (once) he stood up for Ṣalāt and performed a perfect Qiyām (standing and reciting from the Qur'ān) and then bowed and performed bowing perfectly; then he raised his head and stood straight for a while." Abū Qilāba added, "Mālik bin Ḥuwaīrīth in that demonstration, offered Ṣalāt like this Sheikh of ours, Abū Yazīd." Abū Yazīd used to sit (for a while) on raising his head from the second prostration before getting up.

Arabic text

802 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ مَالِكُ بْنُ الحُوَيْرِثِ يُرِينَا كَيْفَ كَانَ صَلاَةُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَذَاكَ فِي غَيْرِ وَقْتِ صَلاَةٍ، «فَقَامَ فَأَمْكَنَ القِيَامَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَمْكَنَ الرُّكُوعَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَأَنْصَبَ هُنَيَّةً»، قَالَ: فَصَلَّى بِنَا صَلاَةَ شَيْخِنَا هَذَا أَبِي بُرَيْدٍ، وَكَانَ أَبُو بُرَيْدٍ: «إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السَّجْدَةِ الآخِرَةِ اسْتَوَى قَاعِدًا، ثُمَّ نَهَضَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 802

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 802

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 128

One should say Takbīr while going in prostration.

Hadith 803

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

803. Narrated Abū Bakr bin 'Abdur Raḥmān bin Ḥārīth bin Hishām and Abū Salama bin 'Abdur Raḥmān: Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه used to say Takbīr in all Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayers), compulsory and optional — in the month of Ramaḍān or other months. He used to say Takbīr on standing for Ṣalāt (prayer) and on bowing; then he would say Samī' Allāhu liman ḥamida, and before prostrating he would say Rabbanā walakal-ḥamd. Then he would say Takbīr on prostrating and on raising his head from the prostration, then another Takbīr on prostrating (for the second time), and on raising up his head from the prostration. He also would say the Takbīr on standing from the second Rak'ā. He used to do the same in every Rak'ā till he completed Aṣ-Ṣalāt. On completion of the Ṣalāt, he would say, "By Him in Whose Hands my soul is! No doubt my Ṣalāt closely resembles to that of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ than yours, and this was his Ṣalāt till he left this world."

Arabic text

803 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الحَارِثِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، وَأَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، " كَانَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ مِنَ المَكْتُوبَةِ، وَغَيْرِهَا فِي رَمَضَانَ وَغَيْرِهِ، فَيُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَقُومُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْكَعُ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ حِينَ يَهْوِي سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَسْجُدُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ حِينَ يَقُومُ مِنَ الجُلُوسِ فِي الِاثْنَتَيْنِ، وَيَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ حَتَّى يَفْرُغَ مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ "، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ حِينَ يَنْصَرِفُ: وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ، إِنِّي لَأَقْرَبُكُمْ شَبَهًا بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِنْ كَانَتْ هَذِهِ لَصَلاَتَهُ حَتَّى فَارَقَ الدُّنْيَا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 803

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 803

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 804

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

804. Narrated Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ"When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ raised his headfrom (bowing) he used to say Samī' Allāhuliman ḥamida, Rabbanā walakal-ḥamd. Hewould invoke Allāh for some people bynaming them: "O Allāh! Save Al-Walīd binAl-Walīd and Salama bin Hishām and'Ayyāsh bin Abī Rabī'a and the weak onesamong the faithful believers. O Allāh! Behard on the tribe of Muḍar and let themsuffer from drought (famine) years like thatof the time of Yūsuf (Joseph)." In those daysthe eastern section of the tribe of Muḍar wasagainst the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

804 - قَالاَ: وَقَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: " وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ، يَدْعُو لِرِجَالٍ فَيُسَمِّيهِمْ بِأَسْمَائِهِمْ، فَيَقُولُ: اللَّهُمَّ أَنْجِ الوَلِيدَ بْنَ الوَلِيدِ، وَسَلَمَةَ بْنَ هِشَامٍ، وَعَيَّاشَ بْنَ أَبِي رَبِيعَةَ وَالمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ مِنَ المُؤْمِنِينَ اللَّهُمَّ اشْدُدْ وَطْأَتَكَ عَلَى مُضَرَ وَاجْعَلْهَا عَلَيْهِمْ سِنِينَ كَسِنِي يُوسُفَ " وَأَهْلُ المَشْرِقِ يَوْمَئِذٍ مِنْ مُضَرَ مُخَالِفُونَ لَهُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 804

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 804

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 805

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

805. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ:Allāh's Messenger ﷺ fell from a horse andthe right side of his body was injured. Wewent to enquire about his health, meanwhileit was time for Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) and heled the Ṣalāt (prayer) sitting and we alsooffered Ṣalāt while sitting. On completion ofthe Ṣalāt he said, "The Imām is to befollowed; say Takbīr when he says it; bowwhen he bows; raise up when he raises up hishead and when he says Samī' Allāhu limanḥamida, say Rabbanā walakal-ḥamd, andprostrate if he prostrates."(1) Sufyān narrated the same from Ma'mar. Ibn Juraij said that his (the Prophet's) right leg had been injured.

Arabic text

805 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، غَيْرَ مَرَّةٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: سَقَطَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ فَرَسٍ - وَرُبَّمَا قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: مِنْ فَرَسٍ - فَجُحِشَ شِقُّهُ الأَيْمَنُ، فَدَخَلْنَا عَلَيْهِ نَعُودُهُ، فَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَصَلَّى بِنَا قَاعِدًا وَقَعَدْنَا - وَقَالَ سُفْيَانُ مَرَّةً: صَلَّيْنَا قُعُودًا - فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلاَةَ قَالَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا " قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: كَذَا جَاءَ بِهِ مَعْمَرٌ؟ قُلْتُ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: لَقَدْ حَفِظَ كَذَا، قَالَ الزُّهْرِيُّ: وَلَكَ الحَمْدُ حَفِظْتُ مِنْ شِقِّهِ الأَيْمَنِ، فَلَمَّا خَرَجْنَا مِنْ عِنْدِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ: وَأَنَا عِنْدَهُ، فَجُحِشَ سَاقُهُ الأَيْمَنُ

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.805) See Hadīth No.689 and 5658 (for taking the verdict).

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 805

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 805

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 129

Superiority of prostrating.

Hadith 806

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

806. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The people said, "O Allāh's Messenger! Shall we see our Lord on the Day of Resurrection?" He replied, "Do you have any doubt in seeing the moon on a full-moon night when there are no clouds?" They replied, "No, O Allāh's Messenger!" He said, "Do you have any doubt in seeing the sun when there are no clouds?" They replied, "No, (O Allāh's Messenger ﷺ)". He said, "You will see Allāh (your Lord) in the same way. On the Day of Resurrection, people will be gathered and He will order the people to follow what they used to worship. So, some of them will follow the sun, some will follow the moon, and some will follow other (false) deities; and only this nation (Muslims) will be left with its hypocrites. Allāh جل جلاله will come to them and say, 'I am your Lord.' They will say, 'We shall stay in this place till our Lord comes to us and when our Lord will come, we will recognize Him.' Then Allāh will come to them again and say, 'I am your Lord.' They will say, 'You are our Lord.' Allāh will call them, and As-Sirāt [a slippery bridge on which there will be clamps and hooks like the thorn of Sa'dān - see Hadīth No.6573, Vol.8 and Hadīth No.7439, Vol.9] will be laid across Hell and I (Muḥammad ﷺ) shall be the first amongst the Messengers to cross it with my followers. Nobody, except the Messengers, will then be able to speak and they will be saying, 'O Allāh! Save us, O Allāh! Save us.' "There will be hooks like the thorns of Sa'dān in Hell. Have you seen the thorns of Sa'dān?" The people said, "Yes." He said, "These hooks will be like the thorns of Sa'dān; but nobody except Allāh knows their greatness in size and these will entangle the people according to their deeds; some of them will fall and stay in Hell forever; others will receive punishment (torn into small pieces) and will get out of Hell till when Allāh intends mercy on whomever He likes amongst the people of Hell, He will order the angels to take out of Hell those who worshipped none but Him Alone. The angels will take them out by recognizing them from the traces of prostrations, for Allāh has forbidden the (Hell) Fire to eat away those traces. So they will come out of the Fire, it will eat away from the whole of the human body except the marks of the prostrations. At that time they will come out of the Fire as mere skeletons. The Water of Life will be poured on them, and as a result, they will grow like the seeds growing on the bank of a flowing flood-water stream. Then when Allāh had finished from the Judgement amongst His creations, one man will be left between Hell and Paradise and he will be the last man from the people of Hell to enter Paradise. He will be facing Hell, and will say, 'O Allāh! Turn my face from the Fire as its wind has dried me and its steam has burnt me.' Allāh will ask him, 'Will you ask for anything more in case this favour is granted to you?' He will say, 'No by Your (Honour) Power!' And he will give to his Lord (Allāh) what he will of the pledges and the covenants. Allāh will then turn his face from the Fire. When he will face Paradise and will see its charm, he will remain quiet as long as Allāh will. He then will say, 'O my Lord! Let me go to the gate of Paradise.' Allāh will ask him, 'Didn't you give pledges and make covenants (to the effect) that you would not ask for anything more than what you requested at first?' He will say, 'O my Lord! Do not make me the most wretched amongst Your creatures.' Allāh will say, 'If this request is granted, will you then ask for anything else?' He will say, 'No! By Your (Honour) Power! I shall not ask for anything else.' Then he will give to his Lord what He will of the pledges and the covenants. Allāh will then let him go to the gate of Paradise. On reaching there and seeing its life, charm, and pleasures he will remain quiet as long as Allāh will and then will say, 'O my Lord! Let me enter Paradise.' Allāh تَعَالَى will say, 'May Allāh be Merciful unto you, O son of Adam! How treacherous you are! Haven't you made covenants and given pledges that you will not ask for anything more than what you have been given?' He will say, 'O my Lord! Do not make me the most wretched amongst Your creatures.' So Allāh جَلَّ بِخَلَالِهِ will laugh and allow him to enter Paradise and will ask him to request as much as he likes. He will do so till all his desires have been fulfilled. Then Allāh تَعَالَى will say, 'Request more of such and such things.' Allāh will remind him and when all his desires and wishes have been fulfilled, Allāh جَلَّ بِخَلَالِهِ will say, 'All this is granted to you and a similar amount besides.' Abū Sa'īd Al-Khudrī said to Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه : Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Allāh تعالى said, 'That is for you and ten times more like it'." Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه said, "I do not remember from Allāh's Messenger ﷺ except (his saying), 'All this is granted to you and a similar amount besides.'" Abū Sa'īd said, "I heard him saying, 'That is for you and ten times more the like of it'."

Arabic text

806 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ المُسَيِّبِ، وَعَطَاءُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ اللَّيْثِيُّ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، أَخْبَرَهُمَا: أَنَّ النَّاسَ قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ هَلْ نَرَى رَبَّنَا يَوْمَ القِيَامَةِ؟ قَالَ: «هَلْ تُمَارُونَ فِي القَمَرِ لَيْلَةَ البَدْرِ لَيْسَ دُونَهُ سَحَابٌ» قَالُوا: لاَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «فَهَلْ تُمَارُونَ فِي الشَّمْسِ لَيْسَ دُونَهَا سَحَابٌ» قَالُوا: لاَ، قَالَ: " فَإِنَّكُمْ تَرَوْنَهُ كَذَلِكَ، يُحْشَرُ النَّاسُ يَوْمَ القِيَامَةِ، فَيَقُولُ: مَنْ كَانَ يَعْبُدُ شَيْئًا فَلْيَتَّبِعْ، فَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يَتَّبِعُ الشَّمْسَ، وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يَتَّبِعُ القَمَرَ، وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يَتَّبِعُ الطَّوَاغِيتَ، وَتَبْقَى هَذِهِ الأُمَّةُ فِيهَا مُنَافِقُوهَا، فَيَأْتِيهِمُ اللَّهُ فَيَقُولُ: أَنَا رَبُّكُمْ، فَيَقُولُونَ هَذَا مَكَانُنَا حَتَّى يَأْتِيَنَا رَبُّنَا، فَإِذَا جَاءَ رَبُّنَا عَرَفْنَاهُ، فَيَأْتِيهِمُ اللَّهُ فَيَقُولُ: أَنَا رَبُّكُمْ، فَيَقُولُونَ: أَنْتَ رَبُّنَا، فَيَدْعُوهُمْ فَيُضْرَبُ الصِّرَاطُ بَيْنَ ظَهْرَانَيْ جَهَنَّمَ، فَأَكُونُ أَوَّلَ مَنْ يَجُوزُ مِنَ الرُّسُلِ بِأُمَّتِهِ، وَلاَ يَتَكَلَّمُ يَوْمَئِذٍ أَحَدٌ إِلَّا الرُّسُلُ، وَكَلاَمُ الرُّسُلِ يَوْمَئِذٍ: اللَّهُمَّ سَلِّمْ سَلِّمْ، وَفِي جَهَنَّمَ كَلاَلِيبُ مِثْلُ شَوْكِ السَّعْدَانِ، هَلْ رَأَيْتُمْ شَوْكَ السَّعْدَانِ؟ " قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: " فَإِنَّهَا مِثْلُ شَوْكِ السَّعْدَانِ غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ لاَ يَعْلَمُ قَدْرَ عِظَمِهَا إِلَّا اللَّهُ، تَخْطَفُ النَّاسَ بِأَعْمَالِهِمْ، فَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يُوبَقُ بِعَمَلِهِ، وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يُخَرْدَلُ ثُمَّ يَنْجُو، حَتَّى إِذَا أَرَادَ اللَّهُ رَحْمَةَ مَنْ أَرَادَ مِنْ أَهْلِ النَّارِ، أَمَرَ اللَّهُ المَلاَئِكَةَ: أَنْ يُخْرِجُوا مَنْ كَانَ يَعْبُدُ اللَّهَ، فَيُخْرِجُونَهُمْ وَيَعْرِفُونَهُمْ بِآثَارِ السُّجُودِ، وَحَرَّمَ اللَّهُ عَلَى النَّارِ أَنْ تَأْكُلَ أَثَرَ السُّجُودِ، فَيَخْرُجُونَ مِنَ النَّارِ، فَكُلُّ ابْنِ آدَمَ تَأْكُلُهُ النَّارُ إِلَّا أَثَرَ السُّجُودِ، فَيَخْرُجُونَ مِنَ النَّارِ، قَدْ امْتَحَشُوا فَيُصَبُّ عَلَيْهِمْ مَاءُ الحَيَاةِ، فَيَنْبُتُونَ كَمَا تَنْبُتُ الحِبَّةُ فِي حَمِيلِ السَّيْلِ، ثُمَّ يَفْرُغُ اللَّهُ مِنَ القَضَاءِ بَيْنَ العِبَادِ وَيَبْقَى رَجُلٌ بَيْنَ الجَنَّةِ وَالنَّارِ وَهُوَ آخِرُ أَهْلِ النَّارِ دُخُولًا الجَنَّةَ مُقْبِلٌ بِوَجْهِهِ قِبَلَ النَّارِ، فَيَقُولُ: يَا رَبِّ اصْرِفْ وَجْهِي عَنِ النَّارِ، قَدْ قَشَبَنِي رِيحُهَا وَأَحْرَقَنِي ذَكَاؤُهَا، فَيَقُولُ: هَلْ عَسَيْتَ إِنْ فُعِلَ ذَلِكَ بِكَ أَنْ تَسْأَلَ غَيْرَ ذَلِكَ؟ فَيَقُولُ: لاَ وَعِزَّتِكَ، فَيُعْطِي اللَّهَ مَا يَشَاءُ مِنْ عَهْدٍ وَمِيثَاقٍ، فَيَصْرِفُ اللَّهُ وَجْهَهُ عَنِ النَّارِ، فَإِذَا أَقْبَلَ بِهِ عَلَى الجَنَّةِ، رَأَى بَهْجَتَهَا سَكَتَ مَا شَاءَ اللَّهُ أَنْ يَسْكُتَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: يَا رَبِّ قَدِّمْنِي عِنْدَ بَابِ الجَنَّةِ، فَيَقُولُ اللَّهُ لَهُ: أَلَيْسَ قَدْ أَعْطَيْتَ العُهُودَ وَالمِيثَاقَ، أَنْ لاَ تَسْأَلَ غَيْرَ الَّذِي كُنْتَ سَأَلْتَ؟ فَيَقُولُ: يَا رَبِّ لاَ أَكُونُ أَشْقَى خَلْقِكَ، فَيَقُولُ: فَمَا عَسَيْتَ إِنْ أُعْطِيتَ ذَلِكَ أَنْ لاَ تَسْأَلَ غَيْرَهُ؟ فَيَقُولُ: لاَ وَعِزَّتِكَ، لاَ أَسْأَلُ غَيْرَ ذَلِكَ، فَيُعْطِي رَبَّهُ مَا شَاءَ مِنْ عَهْدٍ وَمِيثَاقٍ، فَيُقَدِّمُهُ إِلَى بَابِ الجَنَّةِ، فَإِذَا بَلَغَ بَابَهَا، فَرَأَى زَهْرَتَهَا، وَمَا فِيهَا مِنَ النَّضْرَةِ وَالسُّرُورِ، فَيَسْكُتُ مَا شَاءَ اللَّهُ أَنْ يَسْكُتَ، فَيَقُولُ: يَا رَبِّ أَدْخِلْنِي الجَنَّةَ، فَيَقُولُ اللَّهُ: وَيْحَكَ يَا ابْنَ آدَمَ، مَا أَغْدَرَكَ، أَلَيْسَ قَدْ أَعْطَيْتَ العُهُودَ وَالمِيثَاقَ، أَنْ لاَ تَسْأَلَ غَيْرَ الَّذِي أُعْطِيتَ؟ فَيَقُولُ: يَا رَبِّ لاَ تَجْعَلْنِي أَشْقَى خَلْقِكَ، فَيَضْحَكُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ يَأْذَنُ لَهُ فِي دُخُولِ الجَنَّةِ، فَيَقُولُ: تَمَنَّ، فَيَتَمَنَّى حَتَّى إِذَا انْقَطَعَ أُمْنِيَّتُهُ، قَالَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ: مِنْ كَذَا وَكَذَا، أَقْبَلَ يُذَكِّرُهُ رَبُّهُ، حَتَّى إِذَا انْتَهَتْ بِهِ الأَمَانِيُّ، قَالَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: لَكَ ذَلِكَ وَمِثْلُهُ مَعَهُ " قَالَ أَبُو سَعِيدٍ الخُدْرِيُّ لِأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " قَالَ اللَّهُ: لَكَ ذَلِكَ وَعَشَرَةُ أَمْثَالِهِ "، قَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: لَمْ أَحْفَظْ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَّا قَوْلَهُ: «لَكَ ذَلِكَ وَمِثْلُهُ مَعَهُ» قَالَ أَبُو سَعِيدٍ: إِنِّي سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ: «ذَلِكَ لَكَ وَعَشَرَةُ أَمْثَالِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 806

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 806

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 130

During the prostrations one should keep one's arms away from one's sides and the abdomen should be kept away from the thighs.

Hadith 807

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

807. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Mālik bin Buḥaina رضي الله عنه: Whenever the Prophet ﷺ offered Ṣalāt (prayers) (in prostration) he used to keep away his arms widely separated (from his body) so that the whiteness of his armpits was visible.

Arabic text

807 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي بَكْرُ بْنُ مُضَرَ، عَنْ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ هُرْمُزَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا صَلَّى فَرَجَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يَبْدُوَ بَيَاضُ إِبْطَيْهِ» وَقَالَ اللَّيْثُ: حَدَّثَنِي جَعْفَرُ بْنُ رَبِيعَةَ، نَحْوَهُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 807

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 807

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 131

One should keep the toes in the direction of the Qiblah.

Chapter 132

If one does not perform the prostrations perfectly.

Hadith 808

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

808. Narrated Abū Wā'il: Ḥudhaifa رضي الله عنه said, "I saw a person not performing his bowings and prostrations perfectly. When he completed Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer), I told him that he had not offered Ṣalāt (prayer)." I think that Ḥudhaifa added (i.e., said to the man), "Had you died, you would have died on a Sunna (legal way, act of worship etc) other than that of Prophet Muḥammad ﷺ."

Arabic text

808 - حَدَّثَنَا الصَّلْتُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَهْدِيُّ بْنُ مَيْمُونٍ، عَنْ وَاصِلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، رَأَى رَجُلًا لَا يُتِمُّ رُكُوعَهُ، وَلاَ سُجُودَهُ فَلَمَّا قَضَى صَلاَتَهُ قَالَ لَهُ حُذَيْفَةُ: «مَا صَلَّيْتَ؟» قَالَ: وَأَحْسِبُهُ قَالَ: «وَلَوْ مُتَّ مُتَّ عَلَى غَيْرِ سُنَّةِ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 808

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 808

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 133

To prostrate on seven bones.

Hadith 809

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

809. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ was ordered (by Allāh) to prostrate on seven body-parts and not to tuck up the clothes or hair [while offering Ṣalāt (prayers)](1). Those parts are: the forehead (along with the tip of nose), both hands, both knees, and (toes of) both feet.

Arabic text

809 - حَدَّثَنَا قَبِيصَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، " أُمِرَ النَّبِيُّ صلّى الله عليه وسلم أَنْ يَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْضَاءٍ، وَلاَ يَكُفَّ شَعَرًا وَلاَ ثَوْبًا: الجَبْهَةِ، وَاليَدَيْنِ، وَالرُّكْبَتَيْنِ، وَالرِّجْلَيْنِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 809

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 809

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 810

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

810. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ said, "We have been ordered to prostrate on seven bones and not to tuck up the clothes and the hair."

Arabic text

810 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أُمِرْنَا أَنْ نَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْظُمٍ، وَلاَ نَكُفَّ ثَوْبًا وَلاَ شَعَرًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 810

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 810

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 811

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

811. Narrated Al-Barā' bin 'Āzib رضي الله عنه: حَدَّثَنِي عنه and he was not a liar: We used to offer Salāt (prayer) behind the Prophet ﷺ and when he said, "Sami'Allāhu liman ḥamida", none of us would bend his back (to go for prostration) till the Prophet ﷺ had placed his forehead on the ground.

Arabic text

811 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الخَطْمِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا البَرَاءُ بْنُ عَازِبٍ، - وَهُوَ غَيْرُ كَذُوبٍ -، قَالَ: " كُنَّا نُصَلِّي خَلْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، لَمْ يَحْنِ أَحَدٌ مِنَّا ظَهْرَهُ حَتَّى يَضَعَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَبْهَتَهُ عَلَى الأَرْضِ "

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.809) While offering Ṣalāt (prayers) one should not engage in arranging his clothes or removing his hair from his forehead. He should devote himself to the Ṣalāt with submissiveness.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 811

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 811

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 134

To prostrate on the nose.

Hadith 812

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

812. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ said, "I have been ordered to prostrate on seven bones, i.e., on the forehead along with the tip of the nose and the Prophet ﷺ pointed towards his nose, both hands, both knees and the toes of both feet and not to gather the clothes or the hair."

Arabic text

812 - حَدَّثَنَا مُعَلَّى بْنُ أَسَدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْظُمٍ عَلَى الجَبْهَةِ، وَأَشَارَ بِيَدِهِ عَلَى أَنْفِهِ وَاليَدَيْنِ وَالرُّكْبَتَيْنِ، وَأَطْرَافِ القَدَمَيْنِ وَلاَ نَكْفِتَ الثِّيَابَ وَالشَّعَرَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 812

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 812

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 135

To prostrate on the nose and in the mud.

Hadith 813

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

813. Narrated Abū Salama: Once I went to Abū Sa'īd Al-Khudrī رضي الله عنه and asked him, "Won't you come with us to the date-palm trees to have a talk?" So Abū Sa'īd went out and I asked him, "Tell me what you heard from the Prophet ﷺ about the Night of Qadr." Abū Sa'īd replied, "Once Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performed I'tikāf(1) (seclusion) on the first ten days of the month of Ramaḍān and we did the same with him. Jibrīl (Gabriel) came to him and said, 'The night you are looking for is ahead of you.' So, the Prophet ﷺ performed the I'tikāf in the middle (second) ten days of the month of Ramaḍān and we too performed I'tikāf with him. Jibrīl came to him and said, 'The night which you are looking for is ahead of you.' In the morning of the 20th of Ramaḍān the Prophet ﷺ delivered a Khutba (religious talk) saying, 'Whoever has performed I'tikāf with me should continue it. I have been shown the Night of Qadr, but have forgotten its date, but it is in the odd nights of the last ten nights. I saw in my dream that I was prostrating in mud and water.' In those days the roof of the mosque was made of branches of date-palm trees. At that time the sky was clear and no cloud was visible, but suddenly a cloud came and it rained. The Prophet ﷺ led us in the Ṣalāt (prayer) and I saw the traces of mud on the forehead and on the nose of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ. So it was the confirmation of that dream."

Arabic text

813 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: انْطَلَقْتُ إِلَى أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الخُدْرِيِّ فَقُلْتُ: أَلاَ تَخْرُجُ بِنَا إِلَى النَّخْلِ نَتَحَدَّثُ، فَخَرَجَ، فَقَالَ: قُلْتُ: حَدِّثْنِي مَا سَمِعْتَ مِنَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي لَيْلَةِ القَدْرِ، قَالَ: اعْتَكَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَشْرَ الأُوَلِ مِنْ رَمَضَانَ وَاعْتَكَفْنَا مَعَهُ، فَأَتَاهُ جِبْرِيلُ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّ الَّذِي تَطْلُبُ أَمَامَكَ، فَاعْتَكَفَ العَشْرَ الأَوْسَطَ، فَاعْتَكَفْنَا مَعَهُ فَأَتَاهُ جِبْرِيلُ فَقَالَ: إِنَّ الَّذِي تَطْلُبُ أَمَامَكَ، فَقَامَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطِيبًا صَبِيحَةَ عِشْرِينَ مِنْ رَمَضَانَ فَقَالَ: «مَنْ كَانَ اعْتَكَفَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلْيَرْجِعْ، فَإِنِّي أُرِيتُ لَيْلَةَ القَدْرِ، وَإِنِّي نُسِّيتُهَا، وَإِنَّهَا فِي العَشْرِ الأَوَاخِرِ، فِي وِتْرٍ، وَإِنِّي رَأَيْتُ كَأَنِّي أَسْجُدُ فِي طِينٍ وَمَاءٍ» وَكَانَ سَقْفُ المَسْجِدِ جَرِيدَ النَّخْلِ، وَمَا نَرَى فِي السَّمَاءِ شَيْئًا، فَجَاءَتْ قَزَعَةٌ، فَأُمْطِرْنَا، فَصَلَّى بِنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى رَأَيْتُ أَثَرَ الطِّينِ وَالمَاءِ عَلَى جَبْهَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَرْنَبَتِهِ تَصْدِيقَ رُؤْيَاهُ

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.813) Seclusion in a mosque for the purpose of worshipping Allāh only. The one in such a state should not have sexual relations with his wife, and one is not allowed to leave the mosque except for a very short period, and that is only for very urgent necessity e.g., answering the call of nature or joining a funeral procession etc.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 813

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 813

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 136

To tie the clothes and wrap them properly [in Ṣalāt (prayer)]; and whoever gathered his clothes for fear that his private parts may become exposed.

Hadith 814

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

814. Narrated Sahl bin Sa'd رضي الله عنه: The people used to offer prayers with the Prophet ﷺ tying their Izār around their necks because of their small sizes; and the women were directed that they should not raise their heads from the prostrations till the men had sat straight.

Arabic text

814 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّاسُ يُصَلُّونَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهُمْ عَاقِدُوا أُزْرِهِمْ مِنَ الصِّغَرِ عَلَى رِقَابِهِمْ، فَقِيلَ لِلنِّسَاءِ: «لاَ تَرْفَعْنَ رُءُوسَكُنَّ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ الرِّجَالُ جُلُوسًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 814

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 814

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 137

One should not tuck up the hair [during Salāt (prayers)].

Hadith 815

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

815. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ was ordered to prostrate on seven bony parts and not to tuck up his clothes and hair [during Salāt (prayers)]." [See Hadīth No. 809]

Arabic text

815 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ وَهْوَ ابْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «أُمِرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْظُمٍ، وَلاَ يَكُفَّ ثَوْبَهُ وَلاَ شَعَرَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 815

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 815

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 138

One should not tuck up his garment in As-Salat (the prayer).

Hadith 816

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

816. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ said, "I have been ordered to prostrate on seven (bones) and not to tuck up the hair and garment (during prayers)."

Arabic text

816 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةٍ، لاَ أَكُفُّ شَعَرًا وَلاَ ثَوْبًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 816

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 816

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 139

To invoke and glorify Allāh in prostration:

Hadith 817

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

817. Narrated 'Āishah رضي الله عنها: The Prophet ﷺ used to say frequently in his bowings and prostrations, Subḥānaka Allāhumma Rabbanā Wabiḥamdika, Allāhumma Ighfīrlī [I honour Allāh from all that (unsuitable things) that are ascribed to Him, O Allāh! Our Lord! All praises and thanks are for You, O Allāh! Forgive me]. In this way he was acting according to the Qur'ān.

Arabic text

817 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَنْصُورُ بْنُ المُعْتَمِرِ، عَنْ مُسْلِمٍ هُوَ ابْنُ صُبَيْحٍ أَبِي الضُّحَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: " كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُكْثِرُ أَنْ يَقُولَ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ: سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَبِحَمْدِكَ اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي " يَتَأَوَّلُ القُرْآنَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 817

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 817

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 140

To sit for a while between the two prostrations.

Hadith 818

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

818. Narrated Abū Qilāba: Once Mālik bin Ḥuwaīrīth رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ said to his friends, "Shall I show you how Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to offer his Ṣalāt (prayers)?" And it was not the time for any of the compulsory congregational prayers. So he stood up (for the Ṣalāt) bowed and said the Takbīr, then he raised up his head and remained standing for a while and then prostrated and raised up his head for a while (sat up for a while). He offered Ṣalāt like our Sheikh 'Amr bin Salama. Ayyūb said, "The latter used to do a thing which I did not see the people doing, i.e., he used to sit between the third and the fourth Rak'a."

Arabic text

818 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، أَنَّ مَالِكَ بْنَ الحُوَيْرِثِ، قَالَ لِأَصْحَابِهِ: أَلاَ أُنَبِّئُكُمْ صَلاَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: وَذَاكَ فِي غَيْرِ حِينِ صَلاَةٍ، فَقَامَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَكَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ، فَقَامَ هُنَيَّةً، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ هُنَيَّةً، فَصَلَّى صَلاَةَ عَمْرِو بْنِ سَلِمَةَ شَيْخِنَا هَذَا، قَالَ أَيُّوبُ: كَانَ يَفْعَلُ شَيْئًا لَمْ أَرَهُمْ يَفْعَلُونَهُ كَانَ يَقْعُدُ فِي الثَّالِثَةِ وَالرَّابِعَةِ،

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 818

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 818

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 819

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

819. Mālik bin Ḥuwaīrīth said, "We came to the Prophet ﷺ (after embracing Islām) and stayed with him. He said to us, 'When you go back to your families, offer such and such a Ṣalāt (prayer) at such and such a time, offer such a Ṣalāt (prayer) at such and such time, and when there comes the time for the Ṣalāt (prayer) then one of you should pronounce the Adhān for the Ṣalāt (prayer) and the oldest of you should lead the Ṣalāt (prayer)'." [See Faṭh Al-Bārī, Vol. 2, p. 444 as regards sitting for rest between the first and the second Rak'a and then between the third and the fourth Rak'a (جلسة الاستراحة)].

Arabic text

819 - قَالَ: فَأَتَيْنَا النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَقَمْنَا عِنْدَهُ، فَقَالَ: «لَوْ رَجَعْتُمْ إِلَى أَهْلِيكُمْ صَلُّوا صَلاَةَ كَذَا، فِي حِينِ كَذَا صَلُّوا صَلاَةَ كَذَا، فِي حِينِ كَذَا، فَإِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ أَحَدُكُمْ، وَلْيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَكْبَرُكُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 819

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 819

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 820

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

820. Narrated Al-Barā' رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The time taken by the Prophet ﷺ in prostrations, bowings, and the sitting interval between the two prostrations was about the same.

Arabic text

820 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحِيمِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الزُّبَيْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مِسْعَرٌ، عَنِ الحَكَمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنِ البَرَاءِ، قَالَ: «كَانَ سُجُودُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَرُكُوعُهُ وَقُعُودُهُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 820

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 820

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 821

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

821. Narrated Thâbit: Anas رضي الله عنه said, "I will leave no stone unturned in making you offer the Ṣalât (prayer) as I have seen the Prophet ﷺ making us offer it." Anas used to do a thing which I have not seen you doing. He used to stand after the bowing for such a long time that one would think that he had forgotten (the prostrations) and he used to sit in-between the prostrations so long that one would think that he had forgotten the second prostration.

Arabic text

821 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: إِنِّي لاَ آلُو أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ بِكُمْ، كَمَا رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي بِنَا - قَالَ ثَابِتٌ: كَانَ أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ يَصْنَعُ شَيْئًا لَمْ أَرَكُمْ تَصْنَعُونَهُ - " كَانَ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ قَامَ حَتَّى يَقُولَ القَائِلُ: قَدْ نَسِيَ، وَبَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ حَتَّى يَقُولَ القَائِلُ: قَدْ نَسِيَ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 821

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 821

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 141

One should not put the forearms on the ground during prostrations.

Hadith 822

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

822. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Be straight in the prostrations and none of you should put his forearms on the ground (during prostration) like a dog."

Arabic text

822 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «اعْتَدِلُوا فِي السُّجُودِ، وَلاَ يَبْسُطْ أَحَدُكُمْ ذِرَاعَيْهِ انْبِسَاطَ الكَلْبِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 822

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 822

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 142

Sitting straight in a Witr prayer (i.e., an odd Rak'ā) and then getting up.

Hadith 823

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

823. Narrated Mālik bin Huwairith Al-Laithi رضي الله عنه: I saw the Prophet ﷺ offering Ṣalât (prayer) and in the odd Rak'ā, he used to sit for a moment (جلسة الاستراحة) before getting up.

Arabic text

823 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا خَالِدٌ الحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ الحُوَيْرِثِ اللَّيْثِيُّ، أَنَّهُ «رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي، فَإِذَا كَانَ فِي وِتْرٍ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ لَمْ يَنْهَضْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ قَاعِدًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 823

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 823

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 143

How to support oneself on the ground while standing after finishing the Rak'a (after the two prostrations)...

Hadith 824

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

824. Narrated Ayyūb: Abū Qilāba said, "Mālik bin Ḥuwaīrīth رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ came to us and led us in Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) in this mosque of ours and said, 'I lead you in Ṣalāt but I do not want to offer the Ṣalāt but just to show you how Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performed his Ṣalāt (prayer).'" I asked Abū Qilāba, "How was the Ṣalāt (prayer) of Mālik bin Ḥuwaīrīth?" He replied, "Like the Ṣalāt (prayer) of this Sheikh of ours — i.e., 'Amr bin Salama." That Sheikh used to pronounce the Takbīr perfectly and when he raised his head from the second prostration he would sit for a while and then support himself on the ground and get up.

Arabic text

824 - حَدَّثَنَا مُعَلَّى بْنُ أَسَدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، قَالَ: جَاءَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ الحُوَيْرِثِ، فَصَلَّى بِنَا فِي مَسْجِدِنَا هَذَا، فَقَالَ: إِنِّي لَأُصَلِّي بِكُمْ وَمَا أُرِيدُ الصَّلاَةَ، وَلَكِنْ أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُرِيَكُمْ كَيْفَ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي، قَالَ أَيُّوبُ: فَقُلْتُ لِأَبِي قِلاَبَةَ: وَكَيْفَ كَانَتْ صَلاَتُهُ؟ قَالَ: مِثْلَ صَلاَةِ شَيْخِنَا هَذَا - يَعْنِي عَمْرَو بْنَ سَلِمَةَ - قَالَ أَيُّوبُ: وَكَانَ ذَلِكَ الشَّيْخُ «يُتِمُّ التَّكْبِيرَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ عَنِ السَّجْدَةِ الثَّانِيَةِ جَلَسَ وَاعْتَمَدَ عَلَى الأَرْضِ، ثُمَّ قَامَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 824

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 824

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 144

Saying Takbīr on rising from the two prostrations.

Hadith 825

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

825. Narrated Sa'īd bin Al-Ḥārīth: Abū Sa'īd (Al-Khudri) رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ led us in the Ṣalāt (prayer) and said the Takbīr aloud on arising from the prostration, and on prostrating, on rising again, and on getting up from the second Rak'a. Abū Sa'īd said, "I saw the Prophet ﷺ doing the same."

Arabic text

825 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ صَالِحٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا فُلَيْحُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الحَارِثِ، قَالَ: صَلَّى لَنَا أَبُو سَعِيدٍ «فَجَهَرَ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ حِينَ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ، وَحِينَ سَجَدَ وَحِينَ رَفَعَ وَحِينَ قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ» وَقَالَ: هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 825

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 825

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 826

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

826. Narrated Muṭṭarīf: 'Imrān and I offered Ṣalāt (prayers) behind 'Alī bin Abī Ṭālib رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ and he said Takbīr on prostrating, on rising and on getting up after the two Rak'a (i.e., after the second Rak'a). When the Ṣalāt was finished, 'Imrān took me by the hand and said, "He ('Alī) has offered Ṣalāt (like the) Ṣalāt of Muḥammad ﷺ," (or said, "He made us remember the Ṣalāt of Muḥammad ﷺ)."

Arabic text

826 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ : حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا غَيْلاَنُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ أَنَا وَعِمْرَانُ، صَلاَةً خَلْفَ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، «فَكَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ كَبَّرَ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ كَبَّرَ، وَإِذَا نَهَضَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ»، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ أَخَذَ عِمْرَانُ بِيَدِي، فَقَالَ: لَقَدْ صَلَّى بِنَا هَذَا صَلاَةَ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - أَوْ قَالَ: لَقَدْ ذَكَّرَنِي هَذَا صَلاَةَ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ -

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 826

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 826

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 145

The Prophet's Sunna (legal way) for the sitting in the Taṣhah-hud [in the Ṣalāt (prayer)].

Hadith 827

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

827. Narrated 'Abdullāh (bin 'Abdullāh): I saw 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا crossing his legs while sitting in Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer) and I, a mere youngster in those days, did the same. Ibn 'Umar forbade me to do so, and said, "The proper way is to keep the right foot propped up and bend the left in Aṣ-Ṣalāt." I said questioningly, "But you are doing so (crossing the legs)." He said, "My feet cannot bear my weight."

Arabic text

827 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ القَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّهُ أَخْبَرَهُ: أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَرَى عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، يَتَرَبَّعُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ إِذَا جَلَسَ، فَفَعَلْتُهُ وَأَنَا يَوْمَئِذٍ حَدِيثُ السِّنِّ، فَنَهَانِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، وَقَالَ: «إِنَّمَا سُنَّةُ الصَّلاَةِ أَنْ تَنْصِبَ رِجْلَكَ اليُمْنَى وَتَثْنِيَ اليُسْرَى»، فَقُلْتُ: إِنَّكَ تَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّ رِجْلَيَّ لاَ تَحْمِلاَنِي

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 827

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 827

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 828

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

828. Narrated Muḥammad bin 'Amr bin 'Aṭā': I was sitting with some of the Companions of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ and we were discussing about the way of Ṣalāt (prayer) of the Prophet ﷺ. Abū Ḥumaid Aṣ- Sāidi said, "I remember the Ṣalāt of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ better than anyone of you. I saw him raising both his hands up to the level of the shoulders on saying the Takbīr; and on bowing, he placed his hands on both knees and bent his back straight, then he stood up straight from bowing till all the vertebrae took their normal positions. In prostrations, he placed both his hands on the ground with the forearms away from the ground and away from his body, and his toes were facing the Qiblah. On sitting in the second Rak'a, he sat on his left foot and propped up the right one; and in the last Rak'a he pushed his left foot forward and kept the other foot propped up and sat over his buttocks."

Arabic text

828 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَلْحَلَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، وَحَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، وَيَزِيدَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَلْحَلَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ جَالِسًا مَعَ نَفَرٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَذَكَرْنَا صَلاَةَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ: أَنَا كُنْتُ أَحْفَظَكُمْ لِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «رَأَيْتُهُ إِذَا كَبَّرَ جَعَلَ يَدَيْهِ حِذَاءَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ أَمْكَنَ يَدَيْهِ مِنْ رُكْبَتَيْهِ، ثُمَّ هَصَرَ ظَهْرَهُ، فَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ اسْتَوَى حَتَّى يَعُودَ كُلُّ فَقَارٍ مَكَانَهُ، فَإِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ غَيْرَ مُفْتَرِشٍ وَلاَ قَابِضِهِمَا، وَاسْتَقْبَلَ بِأَطْرَافِ أَصَابِعِ رِجْلَيْهِ القِبْلَةَ، فَإِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ جَلَسَ عَلَى رِجْلِهِ اليُسْرَى، وَنَصَبَ اليُمْنَى، وَإِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الآخِرَةِ قَدَّمَ رِجْلَهُ اليُسْرَى، وَنَصَبَ الأُخْرَى وَقَعَدَ عَلَى مَقْعَدَتِهِ» وَسَمِعَ اللَّيْثُ يَزِيدَ بْنَ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، وَيَزِيدُ مِنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ حَلْحَلَةَ، وَابْنُ حَلْحَلَةَ مِنْ ابْنِ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ أَبُو صَالِحٍ، عَنِ اللَّيْثِ: كُلُّ فَقَارٍ، وَقَالَ ابْنُ المُبَارَكِ: عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَيُّوبَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَزِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، أَنَّ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ عَمْرٍو حَدَّثَهُ، كُلُّ فَقَارٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 828

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 828

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 146

Whoever considered that the first Tashah-hud is not compulsory.

Hadith 829

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

829. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Buhaina رضى الله عنه (he was from the tribe of Azd Shanū'a and was the ally of the tribe of 'Abd-Manāf and was one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ): Once the Prophet ﷺ led us in the Zuhr prayer and stood up after the second Rak'a and did not sit down. The people stood up with him. When As-Salāt (the prayer) was about to end and the people were waiting for him to say the Taslīm, he said Takbīr while sitting and prostrated twice (of Sahw-forgetfulness) before saying the Taslīm and then he (finished the Salāt saying the) Taslīm."

Arabic text

829 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ هُرْمُزَ، مَوْلَى بَنِي عَبْدِ المُطَّلِبِ - وَقَالَ مَرَّةً: مَوْلَى رَبِيعَةَ بْنِ الحَارِثِ - أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ ابْنَ بُحَيْنَةَ - وَهُوَ مِنْ أَزْدِ شَنُوءَةَ، وَهُوَ حَلِيفٌ لِبَنِي عَبْدِ مَنَافٍ وَكَانَ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى بِهِمُ الظَّهْرَ، فَقَامَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُولَيَيْنِ لَمْ يَجْلِسْ، فَقَامَ النَّاسُ مَعَهُ حَتَّى إِذَا قَضَى الصَّلاَةَ وَانْتَظَرَ النَّاسُ تَسْلِيمَهُ كَبَّرَ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 829

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 829

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 147

(Saying of the) Tashah-hud in the first sitting.

Hadith 830

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

830. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Mālik bin Buhaina رضى الله عنه: Once Allāh's Messenger ﷺ led us in the Zuhr prayer and got up (after the prostrations of the second Rak'a) although he should have sat (for the Tashah-hud). So, at the end of the Salāt (prayer), he prostrated twice while sitting (prostrations of Sahw).

Arabic text

830 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرٌ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ، فَقَامَ وَعَلَيْهِ جُلُوسٌ، فَلَمَّا كَانَ فِي آخِرِ صَلاَتِهِ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 830

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 830

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 148

(Saying of the) Tashah-hud in the last Rak'a.

Hadith 831

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

831. Narrated Ṣhaqīq bin Salama: 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) said, "Whenever we offered Ṣalāt (prayer) behind the Prophet ﷺ, we used to recite (in sitting) As-Salām (peace) be on Jibrīl (Gabriel), Mikā'il (Michael), peace be on so-and-so. Once Allāh's Messenger ﷺ [after finishing the Ṣalāt (prayer)] looked back at us and said, "Allāh تعالى Himself is As-Salām (Peace), and if anyone of you prays then he should say: At-tahyātu lillāhi waṣṣalawātu waṭ-taiyibātu. As-Salāmu 'alaika aiyuhan-Nabīyyu wa raḥmatul-lāhi wa barakātuhu. As-Salāmu 'alainā wa 'alā ibādil-lāh is-sāliḥin. (All the compliments, prayers and good things are due to Allāh تعالى, peace be on you, O Prophet and Allāh's Mercy and Blessings be on you. Peace be on us and on the true pious slaves of Allāh). If you say that, it will be for all the slaves in the heaven and the earth. Ash-hadu an lā-ilāha illallāhu wa ash-hadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa Rasūluhu. (I testify that none has the right to be worshipped but Allāh and I also testify that Muḥammad is His slave and His Messenger)."

Arabic text

831 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ شَقِيقِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قُلْنَا: السَّلاَمُ عَلَى جِبْرِيلَ وَمِيكَائِيلَ السَّلاَمُ عَلَى فُلاَنٍ وَفُلاَنٍ، فَالْتَفَتَ إِلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: " إِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ السَّلاَمُ، فَإِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ، فَلْيَقُلْ: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، فَإِنَّكُمْ إِذَا قُلْتُمُوهَا أَصَابَتْ كُلَّ عَبْدٍ لِلَّهِ صَالِحٍ فِي السَّمَاءِ وَالأَرْضِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 831

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 831

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 149

Invocation before the Taslīm.

Hadith 832

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

832. Narrated 'Aīshah, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to invoke Allāh in As-Ṣalāt (the prayer) saying, "Allāhumma innī a'ūdhu bika min 'adhābil-qabri, wa a'ūdhu bika min fitnatil-masīḥid-dajjāl, wa a'ūdhu bika min fitnatil-mahyā wa fitnatil-mamāti. Allāhumma innī a'ūdhu bika minal-māṭhami wal-maḡrami. [O Allāh, I seek refuge with You from the punishment of the grave and from the Fitnah (trial and affliction etc.) of Masīḥ Ad-Dajjāl and from the Fitnah of life and from the Fitnah of death. O Allāh, I seek refuge with You from the sins and from being in debt]." Somebody said to him, "Why do you so frequently seek refuge with Allāh from being in debt?" The Prophet ﷺ replied, "A person in debt tells lies whenever he speaks, and breaks promises whenever he makes (them)."

Arabic text

832 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا عُرْوَةُ بْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَخْبَرَتْهُ: " أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَدْعُو فِي الصَّلاَةِ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ عَذَابِ القَبْرِ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ المَسِيحِ الدَّجَّالِ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ المَحْيَا، وَفِتْنَةِ المَمَاتِ، اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ المَأْثَمِ وَالمَغْرَمِ " فَقَالَ لَهُ قَائِلٌ: مَا أَكْثَرَ مَا تَسْتَعِيذُ مِنَ المَغْرَمِ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ إِذَا غَرِمَ، حَدَّثَ فَكَذَبَ، وَوَعَدَ فَأَخْلَفَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 832

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 832

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 833

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

833. 'Āishah رضي الله عنها also narrated: I heard Allāh's Messenger ﷺ in his Salāt seeking refuge with Allāh from the Fitnah of Ad-Dajjāl.

Arabic text

833 - وَعَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُرْوَةُ بْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ: أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْتَعِيذُ فِي صَلاَتِهِ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ الدَّجَّالِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 833

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 833

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 834

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

834. Narrated Abū Bakr Aṣ-Ṣiddīq رضي الله عنه: I asked Allāh's Messenger ﷺ to teach me an invocation so that I may invoke Allāh with it in my Salāt (prayer). He ﷺ told me to say, "Allāhumma innī ṣalumtu nafsi zulman kathīran, wa lā yaghfirudh-dhnuṭa illā anta faghfirlī maghfiratan min 'indika, warḥamni innaka antal-Ghāfurur-Rāḥim [O Allāh! I have done great Zulm (wrong) to myself and none except You forgives sins, so please forgive me and be Merciful to me as You are the Oft-Forgiver, the Most Merciful]."

Arabic text

834 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الخَيْرِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: أَنَّهُ قَالَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: عَلِّمْنِي دُعَاءً أَدْعُو بِهِ فِي صَلاَتِي، قَالَ: " قُلْ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِي ظُلْمًا كَثِيرًا، وَلاَ يَغْفِرُ الذُّنُوبَ إِلَّا أَنْتَ، فَاغْفِرْ لِي مَغْفِرَةً مِنْ عِنْدِكَ، وَارْحَمْنِي إِنَّكَ أَنْتَ الغَفُورُ الرَّحِيمُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 834

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 834

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 150

What optional invocation may be selected after the Tashah-hud, and it is not obligatory.

Hadith 835

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

835. Narrated 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd): Whenever we offered Salāt (prayer) with the Prophet ﷺ we used to say, As-Salām (peace) be on Allāh from His slaves and peace be on so-and-so.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “Don’t say As-Salām be on Allāh, for He Himself is As-Salām, but say, ‘At-taḥiyātu lillāhi waṣ-ṣalawātu waṭ-taḥiyātu. As-Salāmu ‘alaika aiyuhan-Nabīyyu waraḥmatul-lāhi wa barakātuhu. As-Salāmu ‘alainā wa ‘alā ‘ibādillah iṣṣāliḥin. If you say this then it will be for all the slaves in heaven or between heaven and earth. Ash-hadu an lā-ilāha ill-Allāhu wa ash-hadu anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhū wa Rasūluhu.’ Then select the invocation you like best and recite it.” (See Hadīth No.831, 832, 833 & 834).

Arabic text

835 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، حَدَّثَنِي شَقِيقٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا إِذَا كُنَّا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ، قُلْنَا: السَّلاَمُ عَلَى اللَّهِ مِنْ عِبَادِهِ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَى فُلاَنٍ وَفُلاَنٍ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " لاَ تَقُولُوا السَّلاَمُ عَلَى اللَّهِ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ السَّلاَمُ، وَلَكِنْ قُولُوا: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، فَإِنَّكُمْ إِذَا قُلْتُمْ أَصَابَ كُلَّ عَبْدٍ فِي السَّمَاءِ أَوْ بَيْنَ السَّمَاءِ وَالأَرْضِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، ثُمَّ يَتَخَيَّرُ مِنَ الدُّعَاءِ أَعْجَبَهُ إِلَيْهِ، فَيَدْعُو "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 835

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 835

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 151

No cleaning (rubbing) one’s forehead and nose till one has completed As-Ṣalāt (the prayer).

Hadith 836

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

836. Narrated Abū Sa‘īd Al-Khudrī رضي الله عنه: I saw Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ prostrating in mud and water and saw the mark of mud on his forehead.

Arabic text

836 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا سَعِيدٍ الخُدْرِيَّ فَقَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْجُدُ فِي المَاءِ وَالطِّينِ، حَتَّى رَأَيْتُ أَثَرَ الطِّينِ فِي جَبْهَتِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 836

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 836

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 152

Taslīm [turning the face to the right and then to the left and saying “As-

Hadith 837

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

837. Narrated Umm Salama رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: Whenever Allāh's Messenger ﷺ finished his Salāt (prayers) with Taslīm, the women would get up and he would stay on for a while in his place before getting up. Ibn Shihāb said, "I think (and Allāh knows better), that the purpose of his stay was that the women might leave before the men who had finished their Salāt (prayer)."

Arabic text

837 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الزُّهْرِيُّ، عَنْ هِنْدٍ بِنْتِ الحَارِثِ، أَنَّ أُمَّ سَلَمَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ قَامَ النِّسَاءُ حِينَ يَقْضِي تَسْلِيمَهُ، وَمَكَثَ يَسِيرًا قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقُومَ» قَالَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ: «فَأُرَى وَاللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ أَنَّ مُكْثَهُ لِكَيْ يَنْفُذَ النِّسَاءُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُدْرِكَهُنَّ مَنِ انْصَرَفَ مِنَ القَوْمِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 837

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 837

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 153

To finish the Salāt (prayer) with Taslīm along with the Imām.

Hadith 838

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

838. Narrated 'Itbān (bin Mālik) رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: We offered Salāt (prayer) with the Prophet ﷺ and used to finish our Salāt with the Taslīm along with him.

Arabic text

838 - حَدَّثَنَا حِبَّانُ بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ، عَنْ عِتْبَانَ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَسَلَّمْنَا حِينَ سَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 838

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 838

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 154

Whoever did not say (a Taslīm) in addition to the Taslīm of the Imām but thought that Taslīm of the Salāt (prayer) was sufficient.

Hadith 839

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

839. Narrated Mahmūd bin Ar-Rabī رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: I remember Allāh's Messenger ﷺ and also the mouthful of water which he took from a bucket in our house and ejected (on me).

Arabic text

839 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَانُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي مَحْمُودُ بْنُ الرَّبِيعِ، وَزَعَمَ أَنَّهُ: «عَقَلَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَعَقَلَ مَجَّةً مَجَّهَا مِنْ دَلْوٍ كَانَ فِي دَارِهِمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 839

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 839

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 840

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

840. I heard from 'Ibān bin Mālik Al-Anṣārī, who was one from Banī Sālim, saying, "I used to lead my tribe of Banī Sālim in Ṣalāt (prayer). Once I went to the Prophet ﷺ and said to him, 'I have weak eyesight and at times the rain-water floods intervenes between me and the mosque of my tribe and I wish that you would come to my house and offer Ṣalāt at some place so that I could take that place as a Muṣalla (appointed place for Ṣalāt). He said, "If Allāh will, I will do so." Next day Allāh's Messenger ﷺ along with Abū Bakr رضي الله عنه came to my house after the sun had risen high and he asked permission to enter. I gave him permission, but he didn't sit till he said to me, "Where do you want me to offer Ṣalāt in your house?" I pointed to a place in the house where I wanted him to offer Ṣalāt. So he stood up for the Ṣalāt and we aligned behind him. He completed the Ṣalāt with Taslim and we did the same simultaneously."

Arabic text

840 - قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عِتْبَانَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ الأَنْصارِيَّ، ثُمَّ أَحَدَ بَنِي سَالِمٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ أُصَلِّي لِقَوْمِي بَنِي سَالِمٍ، فَأَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقُلْتُ: إِنِّي أَنْكَرْتُ بَصَرِي، وَإِنَّ السُّيُولَ تَحُولُ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ مَسْجِدِ قَوْمِي، فَلَوَدِدْتُ أَنَّكَ جِئْتَ، فَصَلَّيْتَ فِي بَيْتِي مَكَانًا حَتَّى أَتَّخِذَهُ مَسْجِدًا، فَقَالَ: «أَفْعَلُ إِنْ شَاءَ اللَّهُ»، فَغَدَا عَلَيَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ مَعَهُ بَعْدَ مَا اشْتَدَّ النَّهَارُ، فَاسْتَأْذَنَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَذِنْتُ لَهُ، فَلَمْ يَجْلِسْ حَتَّى قَالَ: «أَيْنَ تُحِبُّ أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ مِنْ بَيْتِكَ؟»، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ مِنَ المَكَانِ الَّذِي أَحَبَّ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ فِيهِ، فَقَامَ، فَصَفَفْنَا خَلْفَهُ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ وَسَلَّمْنَا حِينَ سَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 840

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 840

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 155

The Dhikr (remembering Allāh by Glorifying, Praising and Magnifying Him) after Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer).

Hadith 841

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

841. Narrated Abu 'Urbād, the freed slave of Ibn 'Abbās: Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما told me, "In the lifetime of the Prophet ﷺ it was the custom to remember Allāh (Dhikr) by glorifying, praising and magnifying Allāh aloud after the compulsory congregational Ṣalāt (prayers)." Ibn 'Abbās further said, "When I heard the Dhikr, I would learn that the compulsory congregational Ṣalāt had ended."

Arabic text

841 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، أَنَّ أَبَا مَعْبَدٍ، مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَخْبَرَهُ: أَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَخْبَرَهُ: «أَنَّ رَفْعَ الصَّوْتِ، بِالذِّكْرِ حِينَ يَنْصَرِفُ النَّاسُ مِنَ المَكْتُوبَةِ كَانَ عَلَى عَهْدِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ» وَقَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: «كُنْتُ أَعْلَمُ إِذَا انْصَرَفُوا بِذَلِكَ إِذَا سَمِعْتُهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 841

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 841

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 842

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

842. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: I used to recognise the completion of As-Salāt (the prayer) of the Prophet ﷺ by hearing Takbīr.

Arabic text

842 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرٌو، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو مَعْبَدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «كُنْتُ أَعْرِفُ انْقِضَاءَ صَلاَةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ» قَالَ عَلِيٌّ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: كَانَ أَبُو مَعْبَدٍ أَصْدَقَ مَوَالِي ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ عَلِيٌّ: وَاسْمُهُ نَافِذٌ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 842

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 842

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 843

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

843. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Some poor people came to the Prophet ﷺ and said, "The wealthy people will get higher grades and will have permanent enjoyment, and they offer Ṣalāt (prayer) like us and observe Ṣaum (fast) as we do. They have more money by which they perform the Hajj, and Umra; fight and struggle in Allāh's Cause and give in charity." The Prophet ﷺ said, "Shall I not tell you a thing upon which if you acted you would catch up with those who have surpassed you? Nobody would overtake you and you would be better than the people amongst whom you live except those who would do the same. Say Subhān Allāh, Alḥamdu-lillāh and Allāhu Akbar thirty-three times each after every (compulsory) Ṣalāt (prayer)." We differed and some of us said that we should say Subhān Allāh thirty three times and Alḥamdu lillāh thirty-three times and Allāhu Akbar thirty-four times. I went to the Prophet ﷺ who said, "Say, Subhān Allāh and Alḥamdu lillāh and Allāhu Akbar all of them for thirty-three times."

Arabic text

843 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعْتَمِرٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ سُمَيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: جَاءَ الفُقَرَاءُ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالُوا: ذَهَبَ أَهْلُ الدُّثُورِ مِنَ الأَمْوَالِ بِالدَّرَجَاتِ العُلاَ، وَالنَّعِيمِ المُقِيمِ يُصَلُّونَ كَمَا نُصَلِّي، وَيَصُومُونَ كَمَا نَصُومُ، وَلَهُمْ فَضْلٌ مِنْ أَمْوَالٍ يَحُجُّونَ بِهَا، وَيَعْتَمِرُونَ، وَيُجَاهِدُونَ، وَيَتَصَدَّقُونَ، قَالَ: «أَلاَ أُحَدِّثُكُمْ إِنْ أَخَذْتُمْ أَدْرَكْتُمْ مَنْ سَبَقَكُمْ وَلَمْ يُدْرِكْكُمْ أَحَدٌ بَعْدَكُمْ، وَكُنْتُمْ خَيْرَ مَنْ أَنْتُمْ بَيْنَ ظَهْرَانَيْهِ إِلَّا مَنْ عَمِلَ مِثْلَهُ تُسَبِّحُونَ وَتَحْمَدُونَ وَتُكَبِّرُونَ خَلْفَ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ ثَلاَثًا وَثَلاَثِينَ»، فَاخْتَلَفْنَا بَيْنَنَا، فَقَالَ بَعْضُنَا: نُسَبِّحُ ثَلاَثًا وَثَلاَثِينَ، وَنَحْمَدُ ثَلاَثًا وَثَلاَثِينَ، وَنُكَبِّرُ أَرْبَعًا وَثَلاَثِينَ، فَرَجَعْتُ إِلَيْهِ، فَقَالَ: تَقُولُ: «سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ، وَالحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ، وَاللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، حَتَّى يَكُونَ مِنْهُنَّ كُلِّهِنَّ ثَلاَثًا وَثَلاَثِينَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 843

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 843

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 844

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

844. Narrated Warrād, the clerk of Al-Mughīra bin Shu'ba: Once, Al-Mughīra رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ dictated to me in a letter addressed to Mu'āwiyya that the Prophet ﷺ used to say after every compulsory Ṣalāt (prayer), "Lā ilāha illallāhu waḥdahū lā ṣarīka lahu, laḥul-mulku wa-lahul-hamdu, wa huwa alā kulli ṣai'in Qaḏīr. Allāhumma lā mani'a limā a'taita, wa lā mu'tiya limā mana'ta, wa lā yanfa'u dhal-jaddi minkal-jadd. (None has the right to be worshipped but Allāh and He has no partner in Lordship or in worship or in the Names and the Qualities(1) and for Him is the kingdom and all the praises and thanks are for Him and He is Omnipotent. O Allāh! Nobody can hold back what You give and nobody can give what You hold back. Hard efforts by anyone (or good luck or riches) for anything cannot benefit one against Your Will." And Al-Hasan said, "Al-Jadd means riches (prosperity)".

Arabic text

844 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ المَلِكِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ وَرَّادٍ، كَاتِبِ المُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: أَمْلَى عَلَيَّ المُغِيرَةُ بْنُ شُعْبَةَ فِي كِتَابٍ إِلَى مُعَاوِيَةَ: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ مَكْتُوبَةٍ: «لاَ إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَهُ، لَهُ المُلْكُ، وَلَهُ الحَمْدُ، وَهُوَ عَلَى كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ، اللَّهُمَّ لاَ مَانِعَ لِمَا أَعْطَيْتَ، وَلاَ مُعْطِيَ لِمَا مَنَعْتَ، وَلاَ يَنْفَعُ ذَا الجَدِّ مِنْكَ الجَدُّ» وَقَالَ شُعْبَةُ: عَنْ عَبْدِ المَلِكِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، بِهَذَا، وَعَنِ الحَكَمِ، عَنِ القَاسِمِ بْنِ مُخَيْمِرَةَ، عَنْ وَرَّادٍ، بِهَذَا، وَقَالَ الحَسَنُ: " الجَدُّ: غِنًى "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 844

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 844

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 156

The Imām should face the followers after finishing the prayer with Taslim.

Hadith 845

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

845. Narrated Samura bin Jundab رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ عنه The Prophet ﷺ used to face us on completion of the Ṣalāt (prayer).

Arabic text

845 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ حَازِمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو رَجَاءٍ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدَبٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا صَلَّى صَلاَةً أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ»

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.844) See Tauḥīd in the glossary.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 845

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 845

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 846

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

846. Narrated Zaid bin Khālid Al-Juhaniرضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ led us in the Fajrprayer at Hudaibiya after a rainy night. Oncompletion of the Ṣalāt (prayer), he faced thepeople and said, "Do you know what yourLord عز وجل has said (revealed)?" The peoplereplied, "Allāh and His Messenger knowbetter." He said, "Allāh has said, 'In thismorning some of Ībādi (My slaves) remainedas true believers and some becamedisbelievers; whoever said that the rain wasdue to the Blessings and the Mercy of Allāh,is the one (Ībādi) who believes in Me and hedisbelieves in the star, and whoever said thatit rained because of a particular star is adisbeliever in Me and a believer in the star'."

Arabic text

846 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ الجُهَنِيِّ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: صَلَّى لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلاَةَ الصُّبْحِ بِالحُدَيْبِيَةِ عَلَى إِثْرِ سَمَاءٍ كَانَتْ مِنَ اللَّيْلَةِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ أَقْبَلَ عَلَى النَّاسِ، فَقَالَ: هَلْ تَدْرُونَ مَاذَا قَالَ رَبُّكُمْ؟ قَالُوا: اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، قَالَ: " أَصْبَحَ مِنْ عِبَادِي مُؤْمِنٌ بِي وَكَافِرٌ، فَأَمَّا مَنْ قَالَ: مُطِرْنَا بِفَضْلِ اللَّهِ وَرَحْمَتِهِ، فَذَلِكَ مُؤْمِنٌ بِي وَكَافِرٌ بِالكَوْكَبِ، وَأَمَّا مَنْ قَالَ: بِنَوْءِ كَذَا وَكَذَا، فَذَلِكَ كَافِرٌ بِي وَمُؤْمِنٌ بِالكَوْكَبِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 846

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 846

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 847

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

847. Narrated Anas (bin Mālik) رضي الله عنه: Once the Prophet ﷺ delayed the Ṣhāhprayer until midnight and then came to us.Having offered Ṣalāt (prayers) he faced usand said, "The people had offered and sleptbut you were in the Ṣalāt as long as you werewaiting for it."

Arabic text

847 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُنِيرٍ، سَمِعَ يَزِيدَ بْنَ هَارُونَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: أَخَّرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصَّلاَةَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ إِلَى شَطْرِ اللَّيْلِ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا، فَلَمَّا صَلَّى أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ النَّاسَ قَدْ صَلَّوْا وَرَقَدُوا، وَإِنَّكُمْ لَنْ تَزَالُوا فِي صَلاَةٍ مَا انْتَظَرْتُمُ الصَّلاَةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 847

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 847

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 157

The staying of the Imām at his Mušalla (praying place) after (finishing the prayer with) Taslīm.

Hadith 848

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

848. Narrated Nāfi': Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنه used to offer prayers (Nawāfil) at the place where he had offered the compulsory prayer. Al-Qāsim (bin Muḥammad bin Abī Bakr) did the same. The narration coming from Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه (from the Prophet ﷺ) forbidding the Imām from offering prayers (optional prayer) at the same place where he has offered the compulsory prayer (is incorrect).

Arabic text

848 - وَقَالَ لَنَا آدَمُ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: «يُصَلِّي فِي مَكَانِهِ الَّذِي صَلَّى فِيهِ الفَرِيضَةَ وَفَعَلَهُ القَاسِمُ» وَيُذْكَرُ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، رَفَعَهُ «لاَ يَتَطَوَّعُ الإِمَامُ فِي مَكَانِهِ وَلَمْ يَصِحَّ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 848

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 848

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 849

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

849. Narrated Umm Salama, رضي الله عنها, "The Prophet ﷺ after finishing the prayer with Taslīm used to stay at his place for a while." Ibn Shihāb said, "I think (and Allāh knows better), that he used to wait for the departure of the women who had offered prayers."

Arabic text

849 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الزُّهْرِيُّ، عَنْ هِنْدٍ بِنْتِ الحَارِثِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ يَمْكُثُ فِي مَكَانِهِ يَسِيرًا» قَالَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ: «فَنُرَى وَاللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ لِكَيْ يَنْفُذَ مَنْ يَنْصَرِفُ مِنَ النِّسَاءِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 849

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 849

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 850

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

850. Ibn Shihāb wrote that he had heard it from Hind bin Al-Ḥārith Al-Firāsīyya who heard it from Umm Salama, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ (Hind was from the companions of Umm Salama) who said, "When the Prophet ﷺ finished the prayer with Taslīm, the women would depart and enter their houses before Allāh's Messenger ﷺ departed."

Arabic text

850 - وَقَالَ ابْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ: أَخْبَرَنَا نَافِعُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي جَعْفَرُ بْنُ رَبِيعَةَ: أَنَّ ابْنَ شِهَابٍ كَتَبَ إِلَيْهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي هِنْدُ بِنْتُ الحَارِثِ الفِرَاسِيَّةُ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - وَكَانَتْ مِنْ صَوَاحِبَاتِهَا - قَالَتْ: «كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ، فَيَنْصَرِفُ النِّسَاءُ، فَيَدْخُلْنَ بُيُوتَهُنَّ مِنْ قَبْلِ أَنْ يَنْصَرِفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ» وَقَالَ ابْنُ وَهْبٍ: عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، أَخْبَرَتْنِي هِنْدُ الفِرَاسِيَّةُ، وَقَالَ عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ: أَخْبَرَنَا يُونُسُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، حَدَّثَتْنِي هِنْدُ الفِرَاسِيَّةُ، وَقَالَ الزُّبَيْدِيُّ: أَخْبَرَنِي الزُّهْرِيُّ: أَنَّ هِنْدَ بِنْتَ الحَارِثِ القُرَشِيَّةَ أَخْبَرَتْهُ - وَكَانَتْ تَحْتَ مَعْبَدِ بْنِ المِقْدَادِ، وَهُوَ حَلِيفُ بَنِي زُهْرَةَ، وَكَانَتْ تَدْخُلُ عَلَى أَزْوَاجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - وَقَالَ شُعَيْبٌ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، حَدَّثَتْنِي هِنْدُ القُرَشِيَّةُ، وَقَالَ ابْنُ أَبِي عَتِيقٍ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ هِنْدٍ الفِرَاسِيَّةِ، وَقَالَ اللَّيْثُ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَهُ عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ امْرَأَةٍ مِنْ قُرَيْشٍ، حَدَّثَتْهُ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 850

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 850

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 158

Whoever led the people in Ṣalāt (prayer) and remembered an urgent matter or necessity and had to pass over the people (to carry out that).

Hadith 851

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

851. Narrated 'Uqba الله عنه: I offered the Aṣr prayer behind the Prophet ﷺ at Al-Madīna. When he had finished the Ṣalāt (prayer) with Taslīm, he got up hurriedly and went out by crossing the rows of the people to one of the dwellings of his wives. The people got scared at his speed. The Prophet ﷺ came back and found the people surprised at his haste and said to them, "I remembered a piece of gold lying in my house and I did not like it to divert my attention from Allāh's worship, so I have ordered it to be distributed (in charity)."

Arabic text

851 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ وَرَاءَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ العَصْرَ، فَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ مُسْرِعًا، فَتَخَطَّى رِقَابَ النَّاسِ إِلَى بَعْضِ حُجَرِ نِسَائِهِ، فَفَزِعَ النَّاسُ مِنْ سُرْعَتِهِ، فَخَرَجَ عَلَيْهِمْ، فَرَأَى أَنَّهُمْ عَجِبُوا مِنْ سُرْعَتِهِ، فَقَالَ: «ذَكَرْتُ شَيْئًا مِنْ تِبْرٍ عِنْدَنَا، فَكَرِهْتُ أَنْ يَحْبِسَنِي، فَأَمَرْتُ بِقِسْمَتِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 851

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 851

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 159

To leave or depart fromthe right and from the left after finishingfrom the Salāt (prayers).

Hadith 852

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

852. Narrated 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd): You should not give away a part of your Salāt (prayer) to Satan by thinking that it is necessary to depart (after finishing the Salāt) from one's right side only; I have seen the Prophet ﷺ often departing from the left side.

Arabic text

852 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: لاَ يَجْعَلْ أَحَدُكُمْ لِلشَّيْطَانِ شَيْئًا مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ يَرَى أَنَّ حَقًّا عَلَيْهِ أَنْ لاَ يَنْصَرِفَ إِلَّا عَنْ يَمِينِهِ «لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَثِيرًا يَنْصَرِفُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 852

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 852

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 160

What has been said aboutuncooked garlic, onion and leek.

Hadith 853

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

853. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: During the holy battle of Khaibar the Prophet ﷺ said, "Whoever ate from this plant (i.e., garlic) should not enter our mosque."

Arabic text

853 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي نَافِعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ فِي غَزْوَةِ خَيْبَرَ: «مَنْ أَكَلَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الشَّجَرَةِ - يَعْنِي الثُّومَ - فَلاَ يَقْرَبَنَّ مَسْجِدَنَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 853

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 853

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 854

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

854. Narrated 'Aṭā': I heard Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنهما saying, "The Prophet ﷺ said, 'Whoever eats (from) this plant (he meant garlic) should keep away from our mosque.'" I said, "What does he mean by that?" He replied, "I think he means only raw garlic."

Arabic text

854 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَكَلَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الشَّجَرَةِ - يُرِيدُ الثُّومَ - فَلاَ يَغْشَانَا فِي مَسَاجِدِنَا» قُلْتُ: مَا يَعْنِي بِهِ؟ قَالَ: مَا أُرَاهُ يَعْنِي إِلَّا نِيئَهُ، وَقَالَ مَخْلَدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ: عَنْ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، «إِلَّا نَتْنَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 854

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 854

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 855

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

855. Narrated Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Whoever eats garlic or onion should keep away from us, or keep away from our mosque or should remain in his house." Jābir bin 'Abdullāh, in another narration said, "Once a big pot containing (cooked) vegetables was brought. On finding unpleasant smell coming from it, the Prophet ﷺ asked, 'What is in it?' He was told all the names of the vegetables that were in it. The Prophet ﷺ ordered that it should be brought near to some of his Companions who were with him. When the Prophet ﷺ saw it he disliked to eat it and said, 'Eat. (I don't eat) for I converse with those whom you don't converse with (i.e., the angels).'"

Arabic text

855 - حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ عُفَيْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، زَعَمَ عَطَاءٌ، أَنَّ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، زَعَمَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " مَنْ أَكَلَ ثُومًا أَوْ بَصَلًا، فَلْيَعْتَزِلْنَا - أَوْ قَالَ: فَلْيَعْتَزِلْ مَسْجِدَنَا - وَلْيَقْعُدْ فِي بَيْتِهِ " وَأَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أُتِيَ بِقِدْرٍ فِيهِ خَضِرَاتٌ مِنْ بُقُولٍ، فَوَجَدَ لَهَا رِيحًا، فَسَأَلَ فَأُخْبِرَ بِمَا فِيهَا مِنَ البُقُولِ، فَقَالَ: «قَرِّبُوهَا». إِلَى بَعْضِ أَصْحَابِهِ كَانَ مَعَهُ، فَلَمَّا رَآهُ كَرِهَ أَكْلَهَا، قَالَ: «كُلْ فَإِنِّي أُنَاجِي مَنْ لاَ تُنَاجِي» وَقَالَ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ: عَنْ ابْنِ وَهْبٍ أُتِيَ بِبَدْرٍ - وَقَالَ ابْنُ وَهْبٍ: يَعْنِي طَبَقًا فِيهِ خَضِرَاتٌ - وَلَمْ يَذْكُرِ اللَّيْثُ، وَأَبُو صَفْوَانَ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، قِصَّةَ القِدْرِ فَلاَ أَدْرِي هُوَ مِنْ قَوْلِ الزُّهْرِيِّ أَوْ فِي الحَدِيثِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 855

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 855

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 856

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

856. Narrated 'Abdul 'Aziz: A man asked Anas رضي الله عنه, "What did you hear from the Prophet ﷺ about garlic?" He said, "The Prophet ﷺ said, 'Whoever has eaten this plant should not come near us or he should not offer Ṣalāt (prayer) with us'."

Arabic text

856 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَارِثِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ العَزِيزِ، قَالَ: سَأَلَ رَجُلٌ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ: مَا سَمِعْتَ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ فِي الثُّومِ؟ فَقَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " مَنْ أَكَلَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الشَّجَرَةِ فَلاَ يَقْرَبْنَا - أَوْ: لاَ يُصَلِّيَنَّ مَعَنَا - "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 856

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 856

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 161

The ablution for boys (youngsters). When they should perform Ghusl (take a bath) and Tuhūr (purification). Their attendance at congregational prayers, Eid prayers and funeral prayers and their rows in the prayers.

Hadith 857

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

857. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās: The Prophet ﷺ passed by a grave that was separated from the other graves and led the people in the (funeral) prayer and the people aligned behind him. I said, "O Abā 'Amr! Who told you about it?" He said, "Ibn 'Abbās."

Arabic text

857 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي غُنْدَرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ سُلَيْمَانَ الشَّيْبَانِيَّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الشَّعْبِيَّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي مَنْ «مَرَّ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى قَبْرٍ مَنْبُوذٍ فَأَمَّهُمْ وَصَفُّوا عَلَيْهِ»، فَقُلْتُ: يَا أَبَا عَمْرٍو مَنْ حَدَّثَكَ، فَقَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 857

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 857

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 858

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

858. Narrated Abū Sa'īd Al-Khudrī رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Ghusl (taking a bath) on Friday is compulsory for every Muslim reaching the age of puberty."

Arabic text

858 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي صَفْوَانُ بْنُ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الخُدْرِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الغُسْلُ يَوْمَ الجُمُعَةِ وَاجِبٌ عَلَى كُلِّ مُحْتَلِمٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 858

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 858

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 859

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

859. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: One night I slept at the house of my aunt Maimūna and the Prophet ﷺ slept (too). He got up [for Ṣalāt (prayer)] in the last hours of the night and performed a light ablution from a hanging leather water-skin. ('Amr, the subnarrator described that the ablution was very light). Then he stood up for Ṣalāt and I got up too and performed the ablution in the same way and joined him on his left side. He pulled me to the right and offered prayers as much as Allāh will. Then he lay down and slept and I heard his breath sounds till the Mu'adh-dhīn came to him to inform him about the (Fajr) prayer. He left with him for the Ṣalāt and offered Ṣalāt without repeating the ablution. (Sufyān the subnarrator said: We said to 'Amr, "Some people say, 'The eyes of the Prophet ﷺ sleep but his heart never sleeps'." 'Amr said, " 'Ubayd bin 'Umayr said, 'The dreams of the Prophets are Divine Revelations. Then he recited, '...O my son, I have seen in a dream that I am slaughtering you (offering you in sacrifice to Allāh...)'") (V.37:102).

Arabic text

859 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي كُرَيْبٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: بِتُّ عِنْدَ خَالَتِي مَيْمُونَةَ لَيْلَةً، فَقَامَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلَمَّا كَانَ فِي بَعْضِ اللَّيْلِ، «قَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَتَوَضَّأَ مِنْ شَنٍّ مُعَلَّقٍ وُضُوءًا خَفِيفًا - يُخَفِّفُهُ عَمْرٌو وَيُقَلِّلُهُ جِدًّا -، ثُمَّ قَامَ يُصَلِّي، فَقُمْتُ، فَتَوَضَّأْتُ نَحْوًا مِمَّا تَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ جِئْتُ، فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَحَوَّلَنِي، فَجَعَلَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى مَا شَاءَ اللَّهُ، ثُمَّ اضْطَجَعَ، فَنَامَ حَتَّى نَفَخَ، فَأَتَاهُ المُنَادِي يَأْذَنُهُ بِالصَّلاَةِ، فَقَامَ مَعَهُ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ، فَصَلَّى وَلَمْ يَتَوَضَّأْ» قُلْنَا لِعَمْرٍو: إِنَّ نَاسًا يَقُولُونَ: «إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَنَامُ عَيْنُهُ وَلاَ يَنَامُ قَلْبُهُ» قَالَ عَمْرٌو: سَمِعْتُ عُبَيْدَ بْنَ عُمَيْرٍ يَقُولُ: " إِنَّ رُؤْيَا الأَنْبِيَاءِ وَحْيٌ ثُمَّ قَرَأَ: {إِنِّي أَرَى فِي المَنَامِ أَنِّي أَذْبَحُكَ} [الصافات: 102] "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 859

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 859

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 860

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

860. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: My grandmother Mulaika invited Allāh's Messenger ﷺ for a meal which she had prepared specially for him. He ate some of it and said, "Get up. I shall lead you in the prayer." I brought a mat that had become black owing to excessive use and I sprinkled water on it. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ stood on it and offered two Rak'a; and the orphan was with me (in the first row), and the old lady stood behind us.

Arabic text

860 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ جَدَّتَهُ مُلَيْكَةَ دَعَتْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِطَعَامٍ صَنَعَتْهُ، فَأَكَلَ مِنْهُ فَقَالَ: «قُومُوا فَلِأُصَلِّيَ بِكُمْ»، فَقُمْتُ إِلَى حَصِيرٍ لَنَا قَدِ اسْوَدَّ مِنْ طُولِ مَا لَبِثَ، فَنَضَحْتُهُ بِمَاءٍ، فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَاليَتِيمُ مَعِي وَالعَجُوزُ مِنْ وَرَائِنَا، فَصَلَّى بِنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 860

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 860

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 861

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

861. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: Once I came riding a she-ass and I, then, had just attained the age of puberty. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ was leading the people in Ṣalāt (prayer) at Minā facing no wall. I passed in front of the row and let loose the she-ass for grazing and joined the row and no one objected to my deed.

Arabic text

861 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: أَقْبَلْتُ رَاكِبًا عَلَى حِمَارٍ أَتَانٍ وَأَنَا يَوْمَئِذٍ قَدْ نَاهَزْتُ الِاحْتِلاَمَ، «وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صلّى الله عليه وسلم يُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ بِمِنًى إِلَى غَيْرِ جِدَارٍ، فَمَرَرْتُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ بَعْضِ الصَّفِّ، فَنَزَلْتُ وَأَرْسَلْتُ الأَتَانَ تَرْتَعُ، وَدَخَلْتُ فِي الصَّفِّ فَلَمْ يُنْكِرْ ذَلِكَ عَلَيَّ أَحَدٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 861

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 861

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 862

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

862. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: Once Allāh's Messenger ﷺ delayed the 'Ishā' prayer till 'Umar informed him that the women and children had slept. Then Allāh's Messenger ﷺ came out and said: "None from amongst the dwellers of earth have offered this Ṣalāt (prayer) except you." In those days none but the people of Al-Madīna used to offer Ṣalāt (prayer).

Arabic text

862 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُرْوَةُ بْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: أَعْتَمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقَالَ عَيَّاشٌ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: أَعْتَمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي العِشَاءِ حَتَّى نَادَاهُ عُمَرُ: قَدْ نَامَ النِّسَاءُ وَالصِّبْيَانُ، فَخَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «إِنَّهُ لَيْسَ أَحَدٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الأَرْضِ يُصَلِّي هَذِهِ الصَّلاَةَ غَيْرُكُمْ»، وَلَمْ يَكُنْ أَحَدٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ يُصَلِّي غَيْرَ أَهْلِ المَدِينَةِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 862

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 862

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 863

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

863. Narrated 'Abdur Raḥmān bin 'Ābis: A person asked Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما "Have you ever presented yourself at the ('Eid) prayer with Allāh's Messenger ﷺ?" He replied, "Yes. And had it not been for my kinship (position) with the Prophet, it would not have been possible for me to do so (for he was too young). The Prophet ﷺ went to the mark near the house of Kathīr bin Aṣ-Ṣalt and delivered a Khutba (religious talk). He then went towards the women. He advised and reminded them and asked them to give in charity. So the woman would bring her hand near her neck and take off her necklace and put it in the garment of Bilāl. Then the Prophet ﷺ and Bilāl came to the house."

Arabic text

863 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَابِسٍ، سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ لَهُ رَجُلٌ: شَهِدْتَ الخُرُوجَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، وَلَوْلاَ مَكَانِي مِنْهُ مَا شَهِدْتُهُ - يَعْنِي مِنْ صِغَرِهِ - «أَتَى العَلَمَ الَّذِي عِنْدَ دَارِ كَثِيرِ بْنِ الصَّلْتِ ثُمَّ خَطَبَ، ثُمَّ أَتَى النِّسَاءَ فَوَعَظَهُنَّ، وَذَكَّرَهُنَّ، وَأَمَرَهُنَّ أَنْ يَتَصَدَّقْنَ، فَجَعَلَتِ المَرْأَةُ تُهْوِي بِيَدِهَا إِلَى حَلْقِهَا، تُلْقِي فِي ثَوْبِ بِلاَلٍ، ثُمَّ أَتَى هُوَ وَبِلاَلٌ البَيْتَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 863

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 863

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 162

Going of women to the mosques at night and in darkness.

Hadith 864

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

864. Narrated 'Aīshah رضي الله عنها: Once Allāh's Messenger ﷺ delayed the 'Ishā' prayer till 'Umar informed him that the women and children had slept. The Prophet ﷺ came out and said, "None except you from amongst the dwellers of earth were waiting for this Salāt (prayer)." In those days, none offered Salāt except the people of Al-Madīna and they used to offer the 'Ishā' prayer between the disappearance of the twilight and the first third of the night.

Arabic text

864 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُرْوَةُ بْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: أَعْتَمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالعَتَمَةِ، حَتَّى نَادَاهُ عُمَرُ: نَامَ النِّسَاءُ وَالصِّبْيَانُ، فَخَرَجَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «مَا يَنْتَظِرُهَا أَحَدٌ غَيْرُكُمْ مِنْ أَهْلِ الأَرْضِ» وَلاَ يُصَلَّى يَوْمَئِذٍ إِلَّا بِالْمَدِينَةِ، وَكَانُوا يُصَلُّونَ العَتَمَةَ فِيمَا بَيْنَ أَنْ يَغِيبَ الشَّفَقُ إِلَى ثُلُثِ اللَّيْلِ الأَوَّلِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 864

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 864

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 865

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

865. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنها: The Prophet ﷺ said, "If your women ask permission to go to the mosque at night, allow them."

Arabic text

865 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ حَنْظَلَةَ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا اسْتَأْذَنَكُمْ نِسَاؤُكُمْ بِاللَّيْلِ إِلَى المَسْجِدِ، فَأْذَنُوا لَهُنَّ» تَابَعَهُ شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صلّى الله عليه وسلم

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 865

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 865

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 163

The waiting of the people for the religious learned Imām to get up (after the prayer to depart).

Hadith 866

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

866. Narrated Umm Salama رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ: In the lifetime of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ the women used to get up when they finished their compulsory Salāt (prayers) with Taslīm. The Prophet ﷺ and the men would stay on at their places as long as Allāh will. When the Prophet ﷺ got up, the men would then get up.

Arabic text

866 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، أَخْبَرَنَا يُونُسُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي هِنْدُ بِنْتُ الحَارِثِ، أَنَّ أُمَّ سَلَمَةَ، زَوْجَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَخْبَرَتْهَا: «أَنَّ النِّسَاءَ فِي عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كُنَّ إِذَا سَلَّمْنَ مِنَ المَكْتُوبَةِ، قُمْنَ وَثَبَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَنْ صَلَّى مِنَ الرِّجَالِ مَا شَاءَ اللَّهُ، فَإِذَا قَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ، قَامَ الرِّجَالُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 866

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 866

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 867

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

867. Narrated 'Āishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: Whenever Allāh's Messenger ﷺ finished the Fajr prayer, the women would leave covered in their sheets and were not recognized owing to the darkness.

Arabic text

867 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «إِنْ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيُصَلِّي الصُّبْحَ، فَيَنْصَرِفُ النِّسَاءُ مُتَلَفِّعَاتٍ بِمُرُوطِهِنَّ، مَا يُعْرَفْنَ مِنَ الغَلَسِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 867

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 867

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 868

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

868. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Abī Qatāda Al-Anṣārī: My father said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Whenever I stand for Salāt (prayer), I want to prolong it but on hearing the cries of a child, I would shorten it as I dislike to put its mother in trouble.'"

Arabic text

868 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مِسْكِينٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ الأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنِّي لَأَقُومُ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ وَأَنَا أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُطَوِّلَ فِيهَا، فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ، فَأَتَجَوَّزُ فِي صَلاَتِي كَرَاهِيَةَ أَنْ أَشُقَّ عَلَى أُمِّهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 868

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 868

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 869

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

869. Narrated 'Aīshah رضي الله عنها: Had Allāh's Messenger ﷺ known what the women were doing, he would have forbidden them from going to the mosque as the women of Bani Isrāēl were forbidden. Yahyā bin Sa'īd (a subnarrator) asked 'Amra (another subnarrator), "Were the women of Bani Isrāēl forbidden?" She replied, "Yes."

Arabic text

869 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: «لَوْ أَدْرَكَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَا أَحْدَثَ النِّسَاءُ لَمَنَعَهُنَّ كَمَا مُنِعَتْ نِسَاءُ بَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ» قُلْتُ لِعَمْرَةَ: أَوَمُنِعْنَ؟ قَالَتْ: نَعَمْ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 869

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 869

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 164

The Salāt (prayer) of women behind men.

Hadith 870

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

870. Narrated Umm Salama رضي الله عنها: Whenever Allāh's Messenger ﷺ completed the Salāt (prayer) with Taslīm, the women used to get up immediately and Allāh's Messenger ﷺ would remain at his place for sometime before getting up. [The subnarrator (Az-Zuhri) said, "We think, and Allāh knows better, that he did so, so that the women might leave before the men could catch up with them]."

Arabic text

870 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ قَزَعَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ هِنْدٍ بِنْتِ الحَارِثِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ قَامَ النِّسَاءُ حِينَ يَقْضِي تَسْلِيمَهُ، وَيَمْكُثُ هُوَ فِي مَقَامِهِ يَسِيرًا قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقُومَ»، قَالَ: نَرَى - وَاللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ - أَنَّ ذَلِكَ كَانَ لِكَيْ يَنْصَرِفَ النِّسَاءُ، قَبْلَ أَنْ يُدْرِكَهُنَّ أَحَدٌ مِنَ الرِّجَالِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 870

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 870

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 871

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

871. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ offered Salāt (prayers) in the house of Umm Sulaim; and I, along with an orphan stood behind him while Umm Sulaim (stood) behind us.

Arabic text

871 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي بَيْتِ أُمِّ سُلَيْمٍ، فَقُمْتُ وَيَتِيمٌ خَلْفَهُ وَأُمّ سُلَيْمٍ خَلْفَنَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 871

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 871

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 165

Returning of the women immediately after the Fajr prayer and their staying in the mosque for a short period only.

Hadith 872

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

872. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to offer the Fajr prayer when it was still dark and the believing women used to return (after finishing their prayer) and nobody could recognize them owing to darkness, or they could not recognize one another.

Arabic text

٨٧٢ - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مُوسَى: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ: حَدَّثَنَا فُلَيْحٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ ﵂: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللهِ ﷺ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي الصُّبْحَ بِغَلَسٍ، فَيَنْصَرِفْنَ نِسَاءُ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ لَا يُعْرَفْنَ مِنَ الْغَلَسِ، أَوْ لَا يَعْرِفُ بَعْضُهُنَّ بَعْضًا.»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 872

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 872

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 166

A woman shall ask her husband's permission (on wishing) to go to the mosque.

Hadith 873

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

873. Narrated Sālim bin 'Abdullāh: My father said, "The Prophet ﷺ said, 'If the wife of any one of you asks permission (to go to the mosque), do not forbid her.'"

Arabic text

٨٧٣ - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ: «إِذَا اسْتَأْذَنَتِ امْرَأَةُ أَحَدِكُمْ فَلَا يَمْنَعْهَا.»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 873

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 873

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 874

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

874. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ offered Salāt (prayers) in the house of Umm Sulaim; and I, along with an orphan stood behind him while Umm Sulaim (stood) behind us.

Arabic text

٨٧٤ - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ قَالَ: «صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ ﷺ فِي بَيْتِ أُمِّ سُلَيْمٍ، فَقُمْتُ وَيَتِيمٌ خَلْفَهُ، وَأُمُّ سُلَيْمٍ خَلْفَنَا».

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 874

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 874

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 875

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

875. Narrated Umm Salama رضي الله عنها: Whenever Allāh's Messenger ﷺ completed the Ṣalāt (prayer) with Taslīm, the women used to get up immediately and Allāh's Messenger ﷺ would remain at his place for sometime before getting up. [The subnarrator (Az-Zuhri) said, "We think, and Allāh knows better, that he did so, so that the women might leave before the men could catch up with them]." END OF VOLUME I

Arabic text

٨٧٥ - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ قَزَعَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ هِنْدٍَ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللهِ ﷺ إِذَا سَلَّمَ قَامَ النِّسَاءُ حِينَ يَقْضِي تَسْلِيمَهُ، وَهُوَ يَمْكُثُ فِي مَقَامِهِ يَسِيرًا قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقُومَ». قَالَت: نَُرَى - وَاللهُ أَعْلَمُ - أَنَّ ذَلِكَ كَانَ لِكَيْ يَنْصَرِفَ النِّسَاءُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُدْرِكَهُنَّ الرِّجَالُ.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 875

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 875

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes